Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Share

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  We Are You on Mon Jun 25, 2012 4:00 am


    SaLuSa 6-25-12…”Keep Calm and Stay Within the Light and Love that Continually Bathes the Earth and Raises Its Vibrations”by kauilapele

    Highlights

    The numbers of people open to the idea of major changes are growing, and it is a sign that many more are becoming sensitive to the new energies that abound upon Earth.
    At present matters are reaching a point of no return and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.
    When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.
    ...we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries, as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place.
    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved [removed] along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways...
    All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering.
    ...the armed forces... the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended.
    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can "remove" people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off planet.
    Those of you who are moving into the Light will know, that at a certain level you move beyond the negative emotions and they can no longer affect you. Your Light is your protection...
    Dear Ones, you are doing so well even though you are under a lot of pressure, but do try and relax and enjoy what should be an exciting time.
    The higher vibrations will alleviate many medical problems, and with the coming of the Cities of Light so will healing chambers and other advanced technologies be able to handle them.
    You will not have to suffer much longer at the hands of the Illuminati, as the answers to your problems lay with us and our new technologies that we ready to share with you.
    ...the new Government... with representatives that will truly work for the betterment of Mankind... are there and known to us because it is quite impossible for anyone to misrepresent themselves without our knowledge.
    ...you are in safe hands, and need not become concerned by claims that are intended to make you become fearful.
    ...many old prophesies are no longer relevant, as conditions have changed the outcome which is going to be less volatile and easier to deal with.
    Keep calm and stay within the Light and Love that continually bathes the Earth and raises its vibrations.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 25-June-2012

    The numbers of people open to the idea of major changes are growing, and it is a sign that many more are becoming sensitive to the new energies that abound upon Earth. Some feel fear of change whilst others sense that behind it is the intent to move your civilization out of the morass that threatens to bring the world down. It is therefore a unique time for those with knowledge of what the changes are leading to, and an opportunity to let it be known that all ends well. At present matters are reaching a point of no return and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action. All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries, as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene. There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved [removed] along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world. Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quick as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can "remove" people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens. Those of you who are moving into the Light will know, that at a certain level you move beyond the negative emotions and they can no longer affect you. Your Light is your protection and will bounce back such energies to the originator. Such is the power of Light that where creation is concerned, nothing is impossible and it is only the lack of belief that prevents it.

    Dear Ones, you are doing so well even though you are under a lot of pressure, but do try and relax and enjoy what should be an exciting time. Time is moving so quickly, before you know what has happened we will be talking with you and have regular communication. Our intent is to keep you well informed of our activities, and we look forward to addressing you directly. With us will stand those souls who will have been identified as of the Light, and will lead you to the goal of Ascension. Naturally it does not stop there and your evolution will continue in the higher dimensions. If you did but know it, you have so much to look forward to and your lives will alter for all time.

    Whatever problems or predicaments you find yourselves in, take it in your stride knowing that before long the answers will come your way. The higher vibrations will alleviate many medical problems, and with the coming of the Cities of Light so will healing chambers and other advanced technologies be able to handle them. After Ascension you will have no illness or physical problems at all, as your bodies will be in a state of perfection. So bear with any existing problems as you do not have much longer to put up with them.

    Drugs rarely act as a cure but as a containment and but for concealment you could for example have had a cure for the scourge of Man that is cancer. Many medical advancements have been kept back, so as not to hit the profit levels of the drug companies. Also many drugs are placed on the market that are known to have serious side affects, and others that are banned and withdrawn in one country are sold to the Third World. Shortage of water could also have been overcome, but again held back to maintain high prices. There are many such examples in various markets, and not least of all the Oil Industry. They manipulate the markets to create shortages and high prices, when in reality there are no shortages at all.

    You will not have to suffer much longer at the hands of the Illuminati, as the answers to your problems lay with us and our new technologies that we ready to share with you. Already you have learnt of the true potential that is waiting for you, and we shall waste no time putting it into place. We simply wait for the new Government to be put in place, with representatives that will truly work for the betterment of Mankind. They are there and known to us because it is quite impossible for anyone to misrepresent themselves without our knowledge. It means that when we negotiate with the dark Ones, there is no point in them trying to fool us with words when we can read their minds.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and the Galactic Federation of Light assure you that you are in safe hands, and need not become concerned by claims that are intended to make you become fearful. It is not just the Illuminati that create disinformation sources, but also groups that wish to see a different ending to this cycle to satisfy their own beliefs. Also remember that many old prophesies are no longer relevant, as conditions have changed the outcome which is going to be less volatile and easier to deal with. Keep calm and stay within the Light and Love that continually bathes the Earth and raises its vibrations.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey

    kauilapele | 2012/0

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Baby step nº 12 .:.:.:.:. Merging West and East for everybody who wants

    Post  We Are You on Mon Jun 25, 2012 4:05 am


    New post on 2012 Indy Info

    Giant Crystal Pyramid Discovered In Bermuda Triangle | Before It’s Newsby Laura Tyco

    Giant Crystal Pyramid Discovered In Bermuda Triangle
    Sunday, 24 June 2012 3:13
    Share
    inShare59



    The Bermuda Triangle: mysterious, unworldly, sometimes deadly. For decades intrepid researchers delved into the maze of mysteries hidden deep within this most enigmatic place on Earth.

    Some speculate the bizarre time anomalies, disappearances and weird phenomena can be explained by natural occurences. Others are insistent that relics of an advanced, unknown culture left behind fantastic technology…great energy machines that literally warp spacetime and open portals to other realities.

    Now American and French explorers have made a monumental discovery: a partially translucent, crystal-like pyramid rising from the Caribbean seabed— its origin, age and purpose completely unknown.

    Join my Twitter feed | Like my Facebook page



    Pyramid discovery challenges current archaelogical theory

    A gigantic structure, perhaps larger than the Great Pyramid of Cheops in Egypt, and initially identified by a doctor in the 1960s, has been independently verified by diving teams from France and the U.S.

    The discovery has rocked scientists around the world. Will they rush to investigate it? No, they're more likely to studiously ignore it. If pressed, they'll officially position themselves as highly skeptical—especially in light of the potential ramifications.

    The pyramid could confirm some engineers' contentions that pyramids were originally created as massive power sources, support the claim that the ancient city-state of Atlantis did exist, or even provide answers to the mysterious goings-on that have been recorded since the 19th Century in the region of the Atlantic dubbed the Bermuda Triangle.



    Artist's conception of the incredible crystal pyramid

    First discovered in 1968

    According to the history, the pyramid was accidentally discovered during 1968 by a doctor of naturopathy, Ray Brown of Mesa, Arizona.

    Brown was in the Caribbean on vacation and making dives with friends in a region off the Bahamas known as "the Tongue of the Ocean." The area acquired that name because a tongue-shaped portion of the seabed extends out from the island before sharply dropping off into much greater depths.



    When relating his discovery, the doctor explained he became separated from his diving friends underwater. While attempting to rejoin them he came upon a massive structure rising from the ocean floor: a black, hulking object silhouetted against the lighter sun-filtered water. The object was shaped like a pyramid.

    Because he was low on air, he didn't spend much time investigating the pyramid, but did find a strange crystal sphere.



    Images of 3 pyramids can be seen in Brown's crystal

    He brought it to the surface with him and later when the ancient crystal was studied researchers were astonished by its properties.



    Is the crystal pyramid causing the Triangle phenomena?

    Some Triangle researchers have theorized for years that a strange energy source exists at the bottom of the sea within the region of the ocean affecting planes, ships, and boats.

    A few investigators postulate that if the fabled Atlantis really did exist the remains of its mythical energy-vortex machine might still be intact at the bottom of the ocean. Such a machine, they claim, would likely be pyramidal-shaped and the original historical template that succeeding cultures around the globe copied much later.

    Mysterious pyramids scattered across the world

    Pyramid structures have been discovered across North, Central, and South America; Eastern Europe; the icy tundra of Siberia; Northern and Central China; and possibly Antarctica. The South Pole pyramid cannot be confirmed as it's deep under more than a mile of ice and images of it are controversial.

    Years ago, mysterious ruins—the vestiges of an unknown culture—were discovered on a small island called Malden in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. The ruins were claimed to also have the remains of an ancient pyramid.



    Enigmatic Pacific Island Malden in the middle of nowhere

    Believers in the ancient land of Lemuria (also called Mu) proposed that the ruins might be all that were left of that ancient land, while others speculated it might have been an outpost colony of Atlantis.

    An anthropologist from the Bishop Museum in Honolulu, Hawaii explored the ruins back in 1924 and found no pyramid. What scientist Kenneth Emory did find, however, was evidence that a small Polynesian tribe once settled there briefly, perhaps no further back in time than the 16th Century.

    Despite that finding, more revelations were to come from the tiny island during the ensuing years.

    Researcher Mitch Williamson dug deeper into the mysteries.

    Reporting on some of Williamson's amazing findings, Rich Hoffman, explorer and investigator, writes: "There are 40 stone temples on Malden Island that are described as similar in design to the buildings of Nan Madol on Pohnpei, some 3,400 miles (5,475 km) away. In fact, there is a basalt road that runs along the bottom of the Pacific Ocean which connects these islands under hundreds of feet of water.

    "This suggests a culture that is more than 50,000 years old and that this entire land mass was once above water supporting a civilization that had no trouble moving around tremendous stones to build very large, complicated societies which we know absolutely nothing about, other than the fact that someone built them and they are older than biblical history.

    "Yet, nobody discusses them because they don’t fit into our understanding of the human race and their origins. Scientists have their diffusion theories of how migrants arrived in North America using the land bridge of the Bering Straight and they are sticking with it."

    The same can be said of the scattered ruins of the Caribbean that suggest a very large civilization extending from the coastal waters off the Florida Keys, toward the Bahamian waters, crossing near Bimini, and east into the Atlantic.

    Cuba too has underwater ruins off its coast that may have been part of the same city-state complex.



    Two divers explore the rambling ruins off Bimini

    Hoffman also mentions, almost in passing, the incredible report of explorer Tony Benik who made the momentous discovery of yet another huge pyramid under 10,000 feet of water in the middle of the Atlantic.

    The pyramid, Benik claims, is capped with a huge crystal.

    And if that's not enough, Hoffman shares the discovery of the Ari Marshall expedition in 1977. The team discovered a smaller pyramid off Cay Sal in the Bahamas. Marshall snapped underwater photos of the pyramid that's submerged beneath 150 feet of water.

    According to Marshall's account the mystery pyramid glows. He also reported the water around the pyramid was luminescent and glistening white water flowed out of openings in the pyramid.

    Despite the water at that depth being dark (not much light reaches that far down), the water surrounding the amazing pyramid was lit by the glow from the structure and appeared like a phosphoresent green color.

    No follow-up exploration has ever been done of the find.



    'Atlantis: The Lost Continent' [Image: MGM Studios]

    Did Ice Age flood destroy Atlantis?

    Did Atlantis really exist? Is Plato's description the only history left of the—perhaps—mythical land?



    For an answer, Hoffman turns to the story of the amateur archaelogist who discovered the legendary city of Troy, Heinrich Schliemann: "The man who found and excavated the famous ruins of Troy (which historians thought was only a legend), reportedly left a written account of his discovery of a vase with a metal unknown to scientists who examined it, in the famous Priam Treasure. Inside it are glyphs in Phoenician stating that it was from King Chronos of Atlantis. Identical pottery was found in Tiajuanaco, Bolivia."



    If Atlantis did exist, it probably existed during the end of the last Ice Age. The story of its sinking relates to the massive floods and rising ocean when the oversized Arctic icecap suddenly receded with catastrophic results for much of the Northern Hemisphere.

    At the end of last Ice Age sea levels were nearly 400 feet lower than present day levels. Once the waters began to rise, they rose swiftly. Conceivably, no technology then, or now, could have saved Atlantis from its watery grave.



    Properties of crystal pyramids

    Some theories of Atlantis propose the island city's power pyramids were made of crystal, or their tops were capped with a crystalline substance.

    Could such a thing actually generate, store, and distribute energy on demand?

    Yes.



    Kirlian photograph of pyramid grid energy

    Experimenters discovered decades ago that pyramids do tend to act in some ways like a natural electrical capacitor gathering and storing energy around them. The larger the pyramid, the greater the capacity of gathering and storing energy. A pyramid's composition is important too. Having one made of crystal, or an apex made of crystal, could vastly increase its power.



    Image by Dr. Dee J. Nelson, University of Wyoming

    Crystal has long been known to have energy applications and exhibits natural piezoelectrical properties.

    Early radio used germanium crystals to capture the radiowaves and convert them into electrical signals that could be processed and broadcast through headphones into soundwaves duplicating the human voice, music, and other sounds.



    Illustration of vortex energy and apex discharge

    Pyramid power, say investigators, is intrinsic to the pyramid shape. It's an architecture that's proven to function as an energy accumulator and amplifier of energetic force.

    As if to prove the investigators' assertions true, recently some of the worlds pyramids began discharging beams of raw energy into space. [See: World's Pyramids Beaming Energy]

    The bottom line? Pyramids are intrinsically natural generators of power.



    Pyramids and the 'Cavity Structural Effect'

    Barry Carter calls attention to another property that pyramids exhibit called the "Cavity Structural Effect" (CSE) by its discoverer, Dr. Viktor S. Grebennikov. The scientist employed the CSE to construct a rudimentary anti-gravitic platform.



    Viktor S. Grebennikov demonstrates anti-gravity platform

    Carter explains that "Grebennikov also claimed that he could feel energies emitting from the apex of a pyramid: 'You will soon pick up an active zone, a "clot", where the Egyptians had their tombs. Another active zone (a "flame") above the top of the pyramid is also well-perceived by the indicator if you drag its end over the top. The "clot" and the "flame" are well-felt by the finger inserted into the pyramid, or your palm moved above it after some practice. The pyramid effect, which generated many scary and mysterious stories over the centuries, is one of the CSE manifestations.'"



    A Bermuda Triangle 'Death Vortex'

    Another deadly phenomenon pyramids may create: an energy vortex

    Besides the time and spatial anomalies reported in the Triangle, some survivors of terrifing incidents there have reported huge, swirling vortices suddenly appearing and disappearing .

    Evidence exists that some missing ships may have gone missing because of this phenomenon.



    Observations of some of the submerged pyramids reveals they sporadically generate intense vortices in the ocean water flowing around them. Those vortices may be caused by a discharge of internal energy.

    If those submerged pyramids also discharge massive enegy through their apexes, that could account for the formation of deadly vortices on the surface of the sea that swallows up whole ships along with their doomed crews.



    Computer simulation of pyramid creating vortices

    Future expeditions to these mysterious pyramids may finally uncover the truth and reveal amazing ancient technology.

    Unfortunately, deep sea archaeology is very expensive and not well-funded. Most dives are to ancient wrecks that promise riches to risk-taking treasure hunters.

    And, of course, the world's universities are not especially eager to explore the idea that very ancient ruins containing high technology may exist that challenges virtually all of the foundations of their pet theories.

    Read my exciting NEW book 'MYSTERIES OF THE MULTIVERSE' learn more now - click here

    Join my Twitter feed | Like my Facebook page

    Other pyramid articles you might like...

    World's Pyramids Beaming Energy To Mysterious Space Cloud

    Alien Base Found At Chinese Pyramid

    Famous Egyptologist: Great Pyramid Contains Something Unworldly

    Amazed scientists explore 10,000-year old alien pyramid

    Giant Crystal Pyramid Discovered In Bermuda Triangle | Before It's News.

    Laura Tyco |








    Poofness 6-24-12…”The Merging of the East and the West…”
    Posted on 2012/06/24 by kauilapele
    Poof reminds us that this whole process has required “Forests worth of paper work”. The main thing about that is there also had to be “Forests worth of white hats” working on this. Remember, as I understand, this is all being taken care of within the legalities of our times.

    I believe my favorite quote here was this, “A miracle is no more than letting nature go with it’s own flow, understanding that thoughts are things. Uncluttering the mind of crappy thoughts, as a lady said one time…”

    Wasn’t there a blog post somewhere having to do with “De-crapification“? Perhaps some did not understand this was an inside job, as well as an “outside” one.

    Highlights

    Minds had to be ready to deal with the full implementation of true freedom on this planet.
    By the power invested in you, you will heal this planet, clean the water and the skies of pollution, feed and nurse the elderly and care for the children.
    Times they are a-changin’ and you are the recipient of those changes. Don’t waste your time seeking revenge. Seek the peace within…
    …the world is going thru a remarkable change, beyond any comparison with the past. It will stagger the imaginations of many, miracles Do come true and they will happen for you…if you’re young of heart.
    Some of you caught the stuff about china, jailing a bunch of folks for fraud, The dragons do monitor and clean their own chicken coop.
    Like a lightning bolt on a clear day it will happen… Didn’t think the impossible, happened. OH, and they’ll be guilty, no question about it. Politics will be beside the point.
    Time to think like a child again, imagine the possibilities, try what the adults say can’t be done. Bye bye, fred and barney, we’re going to George Jetson’s neighborhood, sans his boss. The technology is already here and ready.
    Let the left and right hemispheres of the brain merge and work as one… A miracle is no more than letting nature go with it’s own flow, understanding that thoughts are things.
    Uncluttering the mind of crappy thoughts, as a lady said one time, a quiet mind is a divine mind.
    Forests worth of paper work have been processed to close out the past world… even while we all bitched about how long it was taking and swearing to god, it would never happen. Thank you for your perseverance.
    —————————————————————————


    Here Comes The Sun lyrics, George Harrison

    Here comes the sun (du dn du du)
    Here comes the sun, And I say, Its alright
    Little darling, Its been a long cold lonely winter, Little darling, It seems like years since it’s been here
    Here comes the sun, Here comes the sun, And I say, Its alright
    Little darling, The smiles returning to the faces, Little darling, It seems like years since it’s been here
    Here comes the sun (du dn du du), Here comes the sun, And I say, Its alright
    Sun, sun, sun, here it comes (four times)

    Little darling, I see the ice is slowly melting, Little darling, It seems like years since it’s been clear, Here comes the sun (du dn du du), Here comes the sun, Its alright, Here comes the sun (du du du du), Here comes the sun, Its alright, Its alright …

    —————————————————————————

    “The Merging of the East and the West…”

    So, for years now, many quiet prayers have gone Heaven ward, looking for a miracle from God, in some cases not so quiet. ‘Hello, anybody hear me out there?????’ Maybe you didn’t understand, you were the miracle, you were looking for.

    Minds had to be ready to deal with the full implementation of true freedom on this planet. You had to start denying that all power was in the folks who’ve been jacking with everything since babylon. A courage had to rise up within you that said NO and further, Hell No! You will be stewards of the wealth of the nations. By the power invested in you, you will heal this planet, clean the water and the skies of pollution, feed and nurse the elderly and care for the children. It’s not hard, it never was, it just took resources and a different mindset.

    Times they are a-changin’ and you are the recipient of those changes. Don’t waste your time seeking revenge. Seek the peace within…that’s your challenge in these coming days, otherwise, you’ll be no better off than before the change. I know it’s hard to grasp but the world is going thru a remarkable change, beyond any comparison with the past. It will stagger the imaginations of many, miracles Do come true and they will happen for you…if you’re young of heart. The money was Not stolen, the truth is, that would be impossible if you understood who’s behind this. Man can’t steal from the owner. Humans don’t have the capacity nor the technology. A few months ago a few boys got it in their heads they were going to pull off the greatest heist in history, didn’t even get off the ground good before they were nailed and imprisoned. Some of you caught the stuff about china, jailing a bunch of folks for fraud, The dragons do monitor and clean their own chicken coop. They just have their own way of doing things and their own timing. That will be fully mirrored in the west. Like a lightning bolt on a clear day it will happen and you’ll wake up one morning shocked, hearing a lot of whining on your morning news. Didn’t think the impossible, happened. OH, and they’ll be guilty, no question about it. Politics will be beside the point.

    Time to think like a child again, imagine the possibilities, try what the adults say can’t be done. Bye bye, fred and barney, we’re going to George Jetson’s neighborhood, sans his boss. The technology is already here and ready. People ask me ‘when’, how fast? As quick as you’re ready to move on it. Back up help is already available. The cast offs from the past will be flicked out of your way so, they only thing stopping you will be you. Let the left and right hemispheres of the brain merge and work as one, it’s an act of personal will. They actually teach this up in the himalayas. A miracle is no more than letting nature go with it’s own flow, understanding that thoughts are things. Uncluttering the mind of crappy thoughts, as a lady said one time, a quiet mind is a divine mind. Forests worth of paper work have been processed to close out the past world, I extend my gratitude to those who got on that grindstone and never stopped until the job was done, even while we all bitched about how long it was taking and swearing to god, it would never happen. Thank you for your perseverance. Oh can’t forget how many folks swore up and down you all were lying and hoarding everything for yourselves, forgive them they know not what they say or do.

    Love and Kisses
    Poofness
    2goforth@Safe-mail.net
    .



    We’ll be celebrating, dancing until dawn,
    Come on dry your tears now, put your dark glasses on,
    Tonight in Babylon

    Gonna be a revolution, a change is gonna come,
    Gonna be a new beginning, gonna shine on everyone
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon

    Everybody feels alright
    Everybody feels alright
    Tonight in Babylon

    Maybe we should go out dancing, put the red light on,
    Everybody knows it’s over, we knew it all along,
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon

    Everybody feels alright
    Everybody feels alright
    Tonight in Babylon

    Maybe we should go out dancing, put the red light on,
    Everybody knows it’s over, we knew it all along,
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon
    Tonight in Babylon, tonight in Babylon

    Everybody feels alright
    Everybody feels alright
    Tonight in Babylon

    Tonight in Babylon!

    Everybody feels alright
    Everybody feels alright
    Tonight in Babylon
    Tonight in Babylon
    Tonight in Babylon

    Everybody feels alright

    Poof @ 2goforth@Safe-mail.net
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    Post  We Are You on Mon Jun 25, 2012 9:27 am

    http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  We Are You on Mon Jun 25, 2012 4:06 pm

    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Femotionworks

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Mon Jun 25, 2012 4:31 pm

    Today, Jupiter at 3 degrees of Gemini forms an opening square to Neptune at 3 degrees of Pisces. Jupiter in Gemini expands creative ideas and magnifies our words. Neptune in Pisces enhances inspiration, imagination and idealism. The waxing square suggests that unless we communicate and take action on our ideas, they may fade from memory or disappear from the realm of possibilities. If our thinking is too lofty, unrealistic and idealistic, we must call upon Jupiter's beneficial influence for clear insight, wisdom and good judgement. If we allow critical judgemental attitudes or confusion to cour our inspiration, Neptune's influence can bring disappointment and disillusion that undermines our faith and confidence. At the extreme of the shadow end of this aspect, addictions, entity possessions and delusional thinking can become exaggerated if boundaries and self-discipline are ignored.

    With Jupiter in Gemini, the flood of questions, messages and ideas can feel exciting, confusing and distracting. We must remember to slow down, reflect and invoke the calming influence of Neptune in Pisces. The active nature of the square suggests exploring clues and symbols through moving meditations, active trance states and lucid dreaming. Through the Summer quarter, finding the balance between healthy uplifting left-brain stimulation and tranquil right-brain relaxation can seem challenging, yet vital for our attention span. Gemini is an air sign and Pisces is a water sign. Air and water mixed together can make dense, foggy mists or refreshing effervescence. Given the intensity of the long term astrological weather forecast, we must remember to lighten up and relax.




    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  We Are You on Mon Jun 25, 2012 5:47 pm

    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    Archangel Michael on Our Response to the Looming Mass Arrests
    2012 June 25
    Posted by Steve BeckowToday on the pre-record of An Hour with an Angel, Archangel Michael advised us not to fall into fear and not to embrace the old dramas and paradigms of the Third Dimension as events unfold.

    He did not confirm that the mass arrests would be happening today but instead spoke about how we should respond to them when they do occur.

    He said he wished to put the subject into perspective. He reminded us (starseeds) that our proper home is not in the Third Dimension and that we walk the Earth to bring it to peace.

    He reminded us that the Company of Heaven seeks to bring the light to everyone, dark and Light alike, and that this is what the Transition is all about. We are all being penetrated by the Light from the source of the Heart of One. He added:

    “Peace is not brought to your planet or anywhere, throughout the multiverse … through control and hatred, coercion, distrust, or drama. That is simply not the way of love and it is not the way that I urge you to move.”

    “I know there is a great deal of excitement in the air and I suggest that there should be. … This is the tipping point and the boulder is running downhill. … But perhaps not in the way you envision.”


    The Company of Heaven does not perceive a call to civil unrest with eager anticipation, he said. He does not want the military to go in in coercive ways or for the people to take up arms. “How can that be perceived as an improvement?” he asked. “How can that be perceived as the foundation of Nova Earth? Why would Gaia wish to support more bloodshed? More violence? More unjust action? It is out of balance. This is a battle and a war that is won without one bullet or use of force.”

    “The emphasis on what we are doing with each and every one of you is to begin to help you with your choices of freewill, with the choices that are not reactive, but are choices based in building and creating and co-creating with us the future that you want. If you create the basis of the future by assuming control, it is not the basis that we participate in.”

    “I do not speak just to the people of the United States of America but to all inhabitants of Gaia and I ask you to remember the oath you took before you returned to Earth and that was to be the vessel of change, integrity, truth, love and healing, each in your own beautiful, unique way. And you have been doing that, some of you for a couple of years, some for a couple of months, and some of you for your entire life. Do not be diverted from who you are. And do not get caught in scenarios that do not appear of love.”

    “Yes, we have heard you say you are tired of waiting and want visible signs. But the visible signs are in your heart. And sometimes the visible signs are truly in your choices for peace.”


    “There has been civil unrest all over Gaia and you have seen some of the actions and reactions as you look to Egypt and Iraq. Do you truly wish to set up this kind of scenario in the West? There is already financial decay eating at the roots of your society and institutions. The shift is well underway. Do you wish to have it crumble all in one day so that there is no bread to eat or water to drink? … No, that is not the way of love.

    “We want you to walk outside, to embrace your neighbor. And it is your neighbor across the planet, it is your star brothers and sisters, and it is those who so often are disdained – that is the challenge.

    “Our plan truly is for people to awaken. You see it every day. You tend to call it a change of heart. That is exactly what it is. Now for some, it doesn’t happen overnight. It happens with a growing unease as they get out of bed in the morning and they look at their families and head off to their secretive jobs, military, financial, and it expresses as stress, high blood pressure, ulcers…. and there is a feeling, I am not happy, I know I am not doing what I should be doing. And the problem is for so many of these people, they don’t know hot to stop, where to turn, how to get out.

    “If you confront them with accusations, blame, fault, and threats, this does not help them shift. It helps them regroup, retrench, and feel they need to defend themselves. So you are easing the way, you are showing them through your bright platforms, by the sharing that you do. You are showing them that there is another way and you are welcome to join us. Let me give you our hand. And yes, maybe you have been lost and been in the dark pit of hell. But I do not judge you. I welcome you.”


    He reminded us that only a small handful of people on Earth heeded his last call to take up our divine swords and cut the cords around the people of Syria. He wants us to speak up. He wants us to support each other, financially, emotionally, and spiritually, including the naysayers, and not to be confrontational.

    The speaking of truth is not always easy. It requires courage and bravery and it may feel like stepping out on a limb and many may tell us that we are delusional and crazy. But we will be in the best company.

    What he is asking us is to step out of our comfort zone, not in picking up guns or bombs, but in whatever way we can – for instance, beaming love to every person we meet. We are being given mighty help from our star brothers and sisters. Our star brothers and sisters are very active, not only with us but with the “resistant” group. They are not asking us to form a new resistance. We already are the new paradigm.

    “Look in the mirror, beloved ones, but also see yourself and us standing next to you. … Because we are next to you as we never have been before.”

    “We don’t want you engaging in coercion. We want you engaging in conversation, intelligent exchange. … There is no weapon more powerful than your sword and shield. None of what the military has ever evolved in any way, in any laboratory can in any way defeat what is available to you through us and your star brothers and sisters.”

    With that Serapis Bey and El Morya joined the discussion. I’ll leave their discussions of peace for you to listen to.
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Mon Jun 25, 2012 6:10 pm

    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human




    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Changing Fate

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Mon Jun 25, 2012 10:14 pm




    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  We Are You on Tue Jun 26, 2012 7:56 am

    Saint Germain ~~ The Essence of Life ~~ 26/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    Tuesday, June 26, 2012

    Dear Ones,
    I Am Saint Germain and I want to talk to you about all the feats you have already accomplished in your lives. What used to be so hard has now become a ‘piece of cake’ compared to earlier times in which you found yourselves. You all have travelled the long, lonesome and winding road. On your way you were confronted with lots of obstacles only to defeat them again and again. You went ahead courageously and powerfully, never looking back.
    This trying journey has taken its toll on you ; it has changed your worlds in the manner that your lifepath has left a trail in the world in which you live. In the meantime, this trail has been transmuted into the Light resulting in the cleansing of your world. The thought of quitting, of just giving up has never crossed your mind, nor have you ever eluded the obstacles on your path. You kept on going, deeply believing in yourselves and in a better world. You faced the challenges head on, with much self-respect and now we can say that you succeeded brilliantly.
    Tomorrow always delivers what is concocted today. So be very careful what you create today as it will be just that what tomorrow will deliver. In short, all will flow together to create the “Now”. That may seem overwhelming to grasp, but after all you have been through, this too will be a ‘piece of cake’. You have become accustomed to all these energies and adjustments. You have mastered them and you gained expertise in handling them. You are becoming Masters ; before long you may call yourselves Masters and you may join us in the Higher DImensions.
    The challenges you were faced with in this Dimension were the most difficult of them all. However, once these challenges are victoriously overcome, they will never return on your evolutionary path. The challenges you have faced were long lasting and they have completely gotten out of hand. That’s the reason why “intervention” has been granted to ensure the safety of GAIA, your Beloved Mother Earth, and of humanity. Enough is enough and the limit for that has been crossed some time ago. Being an Ascended Master full of Love I can guarantee that our attention is focused on this matter. All is involved ; not a single particle of energy remains inactive in this regards. All has been called to active duty to finish the situations that have completely gotten out of hand. Despite all the distractions from the Dark Lords you arrived at this point in your evolution, namely your Ascension! Your experiences in duality are almost over. Be at ease and enjoy, for we too are most pleased and we welcome you with open arms and loving intentions. We stand by your side, we will never let you down. Make the most of the loving energies that are coming your way and get lots of rest for the Summer Solstice has been the starting point for many physical changes.
    I Am Saint Germain.
    .

    Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com
    pleiadedolphininfos: June 2012.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human



    Sananda ~ Stay Centered in Your Heart and Your Divinity ~ As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda ~ June 25, 2012
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by franheal


    Sananda 6.25.12:

    Greetings, fellow Lightworkers! A new era has begun, a new beginning for you; it is only for you to embrace it. Many things behind the scenes are transpiring. You will be able to feel it if you go into your heart. You do not necessarily need to know all the details, but if you can accept it in your heart, you are well on your way to a new life, a new beginning.

    Dear friends, there is so much you still are not aware of and the coming days will reveal more and more to you. Take it in stride and remember to stay centered and in your heart. Whatever is puzzling to you, just run through your heart like it was a decoder device. Allow it to sift through and come to awareness there.

    My dear beloved Lightworkers, you don’t even realize as yet the enormity of what you have accomplished. Time will tell, as they say, and it will sink in more. For now, keep leading with your heart and your love for all Beings, including the cabal, for they need it now.

    I would like to address some more points to help you in your ascension process. You know by now that you are changing in form quite a bit. The crystalline structure of your bodies is becoming quite settled and prominent. It is causing you to want to eat lighter and purer, and you will notice that fresh, raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes will give you the high-vibrational energy you need.

    Purifying your environment will also help you. Staying away from electronics as much as possible, especially cell phones and television, and being in nature as much as possible will nurture your being to the level it needs to rise to. And you know that being as present in the moment as much as you can be is helping you to counteract the dizzying feeling of time marching so fast and furiously.

    It may feel at times like you are at the center of a twirling ride you would see at an amusement park. Stay rooted in the center and watch the world spin until it stabilizes and you have found your bearings. Breathe in the Light fully every moment as if it is the air you breathe, in gulps, if you will, and intend to allow it to reach all cells in your body. We have told you this, but it is very important now.

    Just observe the negative sensations and memories and thoughts and notions you are experiencing and allow them to float on out like the waves wash out everything in their wake, out to the sea. In this case, the sea would be the Aura around you and let that transmute everything negative and recycle it out into the atmosphere and cosmic milieu as positive Light, Love and energy.

    Pay attention to the creative thoughts you are getting as to what you wish to be participating in as the New Earth takes shape. Pay attention to the visions you have while meditating, of how you want to feel and be. Allow anything to be possible, and create with abandon, dear Ones.

    The stage is being set for the Light to be more prominent and sustaining, as the darkness is being removed and transmuted by you with our help in the Spiritual and Galactic Realm. Know that you are so much more able now to participate in loving acts towards yourself and others; see it as the norm, as all the prior situations you have found yourselves in that bring you concern or pain will start to melt away, like a fog that is clearing to reveal beautiful blue skies.

    Be prepared for memories to emerge of your True Essence, of who you really are before you donned the cloak of duality and tried out so many roles in so many lives just for your edification and transformation and evolvement, only to find your true glowing Self emerge with so much Divine Love and capabilities.

    You are so close, my dear Ones. Please keep yourselves centered in your heart and do not be too concerned with the shake-ups and changes going on around you. See yourself as if at the center of a vortex and ground yourselves into Earth until you feel stable. Nothing besides your Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides your connection with all others in that Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides the Truth that you are One with all Beings here on Earth, and throughout the galaxies, is real right now!

    Be prepared for changes, but see it as a return to your True Selves. Stay in peace and calm, as if in the center of a hurricane. The hurricane will not cause any destruction to you if you remain there in the center.

    With all my love,

    I AM Sananda and I am always at your service.

    As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this notice and links are included.

    http://www.franheal.wordpress.com (Blog)

    http://www.franhealing.com/Current-Channelled-Message.html (Website)


    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    "why is devakas so quiet lately?" krishna

    Post  We Are You on Tue Jun 26, 2012 11:38 pm

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e2kavqvxXFo&feature=player_embedded#!

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7994uWOLEtw&feature=related



    We Are You wrote:Saint Germain ~~ The Essence of Life ~~ 26/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    Tuesday, June 26, 2012

    Dear Ones,
    I Am Saint Germain and I want to talk to you about all the feats you have already accomplished in your lives. What used to be so hard has now become a ‘piece of cake’ compared to earlier times in which you found yourselves. You all have travelled the long, lonesome and winding road. On your way you were confronted with lots of obstacles only to defeat them again and again. You went ahead courageously and powerfully, never looking back.
    This trying journey has taken its toll on you ; it has changed your worlds in the manner that your lifepath has left a trail in the world in which you live. In the meantime, this trail has been transmuted into the Light resulting in the cleansing of your world. The thought of quitting, of just giving up has never crossed your mind, nor have you ever eluded the obstacles on your path. You kept on going, deeply believing in yourselves and in a better world. You faced the challenges head on, with much self-respect and now we can say that you succeeded brilliantly.
    Tomorrow always delivers what is concocted today. So be very careful what you create today as it will be just that what tomorrow will deliver. In short, all will flow together to create the “Now”. That may seem overwhelming to grasp, but after all you have been through, this too will be a ‘piece of cake’. You have become accustomed to all these energies and adjustments. You have mastered them and you gained expertise in handling them. You are becoming Masters ; before long you may call yourselves Masters and you may join us in the Higher DImensions.
    The challenges you were faced with in this Dimension were the most difficult of them all. However, once these challenges are victoriously overcome, they will never return on your evolutionary path. The challenges you have faced were long lasting and they have completely gotten out of hand. That’s the reason why “intervention” has been granted to ensure the safety of GAIA, your Beloved Mother Earth, and of humanity. Enough is enough and the limit for that has been crossed some time ago. Being an Ascended Master full of Love I can guarantee that our attention is focused on this matter. All is involved ; not a single particle of energy remains inactive in this regards. All has been called to active duty to finish the situations that have completely gotten out of hand. Despite all the distractions from the Dark Lords you arrived at this point in your evolution, namely your Ascension! Your experiences in duality are almost over. Be at ease and enjoy, for we too are most pleased and we welcome you with open arms and loving intentions. We stand by your side, we will never let you down. Make the most of the loving energies that are coming your way and get lots of rest for the Summer Solstice has been the starting point for many physical changes.
    I Am Saint Germain.
    .

    Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com
    pleiadedolphininfos: June 2012.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human



    Sananda ~ Stay Centered in Your Heart and Your Divinity ~ As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda ~ June 25, 2012
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by franheal


    Sananda 6.25.12:

    Greetings, fellow Lightworkers! A new era has begun, a new beginning for you; it is only for you to embrace it. Many things behind the scenes are transpiring. You will be able to feel it if you go into your heart. You do not necessarily need to know all the details, but if you can accept it in your heart, you are well on your way to a new life, a new beginning.

    Dear friends, there is so much you still are not aware of and the coming days will reveal more and more to you. Take it in stride and remember to stay centered and in your heart. Whatever is puzzling to you, just run through your heart like it was a decoder device. Allow it to sift through and come to awareness there.

    My dear beloved Lightworkers, you don’t even realize as yet the enormity of what you have accomplished. Time will tell, as they say, and it will sink in more. For now, keep leading with your heart and your love for all Beings, including the cabal, for they need it now.

    I would like to address some more points to help you in your ascension process. You know by now that you are changing in form quite a bit. The crystalline structure of your bodies is becoming quite settled and prominent. It is causing you to want to eat lighter and purer, and you will notice that fresh, raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes will give you the high-vibrational energy you need.

    Purifying your environment will also help you. Staying away from electronics as much as possible, especially cell phones and television, and being in nature as much as possible will nurture your being to the level it needs to rise to. And you know that being as present in the moment as much as you can be is helping you to counteract the dizzying feeling of time marching so fast and furiously.

    It may feel at times like you are at the center of a twirling ride you would see at an amusement park. Stay rooted in the center and watch the world spin until it stabilizes and you have found your bearings. Breathe in the Light fully every moment as if it is the air you breathe, in gulps, if you will, and intend to allow it to reach all cells in your body. We have told you this, but it is very important now.

    Just observe the negative sensations and memories and thoughts and notions you are experiencing and allow them to float on out like the waves wash out everything in their wake, out to the sea. In this case, the sea would be the Aura around you and let that transmute everything negative and recycle it out into the atmosphere and cosmic milieu as positive Light, Love and energy.

    Pay attention to the creative thoughts you are getting as to what you wish to be participating in as the New Earth takes shape. Pay attention to the visions you have while meditating, of how you want to feel and be. Allow anything to be possible, and create with abandon, dear Ones.

    The stage is being set for the Light to be more prominent and sustaining, as the darkness is being removed and transmuted by you with our help in the Spiritual and Galactic Realm. Know that you are so much more able now to participate in loving acts towards yourself and others; see it as the norm, as all the prior situations you have found yourselves in that bring you concern or pain will start to melt away, like a fog that is clearing to reveal beautiful blue skies.

    Be prepared for memories to emerge of your True Essence, of who you really are before you donned the cloak of duality and tried out so many roles in so many lives just for your edification and transformation and evolvement, only to find your true glowing Self emerge with so much Divine Love and capabilities.

    You are so close, my dear Ones. Please keep yourselves centered in your heart and do not be too concerned with the shake-ups and changes going on around you. See yourself as if at the center of a vortex and ground yourselves into Earth until you feel stable. Nothing besides your Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides your connection with all others in that Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides the Truth that you are One with all Beings here on Earth, and throughout the galaxies, is real right now!

    Be prepared for changes, but see it as a return to your True Selves. Stay in peace and calm, as if in the center of a hurricane. The hurricane will not cause any destruction to you if you remain there in the center.

    With all my love,

    I AM Sananda and I am always at your service.

    As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this notice and links are included.

    http://www.franheal.wordpress.com (Blog)

    http://www.franhealing.com/Current-Channelled-Message.html (Website)

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    http://2012indyinfo.com/2012/06/27/baltic-anomaly-far-stranger-than-any-ufo-discovery-truthfall/#more-34533

    Post  We Are You on Wed Jun 27, 2012 7:22 am

    http://2012indyinfo.com/2012/06/27/baltic-anomaly-far-stranger-than-any-ufo-discovery-truthfall/#more-34533


    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman’s Blogby Laura Tyco

    06/27/2012 by John Smallman

    The coming great event is exciting all as its moment approaches inexorably, even though so few of you who are presently embodied have a full picture of what it entails. Just know that there will be no disappointments – they, too, are part of the illusion.

    I cannot stress forcefully enough how extremely important your daily periods of prayer, meditation, or plain relaxation are, as the moment for your awakening draws ever nearer. Yes, it is hard for you to hold your Light on high and remain upbeat and enthusiastic while it seems that the world is heading rapidly towards economic, political, religious, and ecological catastrophe. But that is a perception from within the illusion where your vision and ability to understand God’s infinite Love for you are severely limited.

    You are all eternally present in God because He is all of creation, all that exists. There is nowhere else that you could be; it is just that you have done an extremely good job of convincing yourselves that the illusion is real and then focusing all your attention there. Even your vision of God is illusory! He is so much more than you could possibly imagine, and infinitely more than that as well!

    Humanity has for eons attempted to paint images of God, in words, music, poetry, sculpture, drawings, and paintings; and in every age, race, culture, religion, nation, etc. The results of some of those attempts have been quite remarkable – but nothing that you have ever produced gives even the least idea of what God truly is.

    They could never do so because the illusion has separated you completely from your memories of Reality. A few of your great spiritually advanced souls realized that God and Love were one and have tried to convey that concept to you, and some of you have understood it, but for the most part it is a concept that is way beyond your ability to comprehend because of the constant and convincingly real conflict, pain, and suffering with which the illusion presents you. Often you have sought peace, but mostly only in order to gather your strength to reengage in conflict.

    A call for peace — merely for the sake of peace, and the harmony, abundance, lack of poverty, and happiness it would provide — is a very recent concept for humanity. It is to that recent call for peace that God has responded so abundantly, by enveloping the world in an extremely intensified field of divine Love so that you could easily go within and contact those in the spiritual realms who could respond appropriately to each individual request for help and guidance. Help and guidance from the spiritual realms has always been available to assist you in your search for the meaning of life, but never on such a vast and intense scale as now.

    This moment in your evolution has always been inevitable, but the timing of it has, until very recently, remained flexible. God loves you and wants only your eternal happiness, for of course you are all one with each other, with all of His divine creation, and with Him, but your awakening into eternal happiness is only possible when you have released all unlovingness. You have free will, and so are free to engage with the illusion indefinitely. It has always caused you far more pain and suffering than joy, and so there have always been some among you seeking something far, far better.

    Now the numbers of you seeking that better way have increased exponentially, and so the tipping-point has been reached where the numbers are great enough to bring about the gentle cracking and fragmentation of the screen that has hidden Reality from you for so long. The result of this fragmentation is that as the Light shines in through the cracks and crevices ever more brilliantly, more of you seek a much greater meaning in your lives, and the cracking and fragmentation accelerates. The screen cannot hold for very much longer as the Love enveloping you encourages acceptance, compassion, and support for one another while dissipating the fear that has separated you from each other for so long.

    For a while some large fragments of the illusion may persist, enabling the few who choose to remain unloving to continue to hide themselves from Reality and play games of pain, suffering, manipulation, and confusion. But their choice will not affect the vast majority whose only desire is to return Home by awakening. As you know, absolutely every conscious being is part of God, so no one will be condemned or abandoned. It is just that those who are not yet ready to return Home and have made other choices will be provided with the environment they need in which to evolve to the state of readiness from which they can finally choose to awaken. In the meantime, their choices will not delay the awakening of the vast majority who await their awakening with eager and impatient excitement and enthusiasm.

    With so very much love, Saul.

    [Please see the new post on my “Musings” page from Steve Beckow: “ Blink and You'll Miss It: Total Reassurance for Those Subterranean Fears.”]

    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman's Blog.

    Laura Tyco | June 27, 2012 at 11:16 | Categories: Channels | URL: http://wp.me/p1szSk-8Zo





    SaLuSa 6-27-12…”We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice”by kauilapele

    It feels that the pressure for movement builds, and this SaLuSa adds support to that message. I'd have to say that the (rather extendedly long) title is my own prime highlight here. And here are the rest...

    Highlights

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored.
    However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people.
    Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered.
    ...the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along.
    We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful.
    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long.
    Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.
    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen... it is important that you care for each other when the need arises.
    Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.
    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives.
    You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.
    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend.
    We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice.
    ...we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 27-June-2012

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored. Governments like to be in control and have always tried to cover up news about demonstrations or rebellions amongst the people. However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people. Naturally there will still be those who take a defensive view of the happenings, fearing that the changes are going to seriously affect them. People do not want to face the idea that they are about to lose their power, or in some cases their ill gotten wealth. No one will escape the financial changes or sharing of wealth, which shall be even greater by the inclusion of Trust Funds set up for this occasion. Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered. It will take time to cover everything but first the old system must be rid off and a new one put into its place.

    At the last moment there are inevitably stumbling blocks, but in the context of the whole mission they will not cause any undue delay. However, the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along. In fact in certain instances such as the cabals attempted false flag operations, we have been very much at the heart of matters. As always we do encourage you to take the lead as it was never intended that we did your work for you. The reasons are involved with karma, and you are expected to clear up problems created by yourselves. They do in fact go back a very long time during which periods you have met the same conditions throughout many lives.

    Certainly you have made much progress since the turn of the century, but even so have had to make a supreme effort to stop the plan of the Illuminati reaching fruition. We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful. Prior to that time you were being lulled into accepting the changes that were insidiously introduced bit by bit, that were removing your rights brick by brick. Thinking that they were infallible has allowed us to use the arrogance of the dark Ones to turn the tables upon them, and they have been taken unawares.

    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long. As individuals it does not matter too much what you may have done in the past, as you came to Earth to experience duality. All of you have had your ups and downs and it is what you are today that really counts. It comes down to having learnt the lessons that you needed to evolve, and you will all know how you stand in that respect. If you consider yourself to be of the Light you are undoubtedly on that path, and are unloading any baggage that you have accumulated. You are beginning to understand your true self, and live up to your desire to be of the Light and you will know better than anyone else how you are doing. Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.

    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen. It will seem as though the world is being turned upside down, and the future uncertain. Some areas may be inconvenienced by shortages due to normal services being restricted. So it is important that you care for each other when the need arises. The problems will only be temporary with no long term difficulties, as we are well prepared and already know where help will be needed. Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.

    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives. The Controllers are on their way out having been severely restricted in their ability to fund the vast operations they ran. When the banking changes are made that will further reduce their power, and no longer will shady or illegal deals be possible. Dealings that are open and transparent will be the order of the day, and possible because the rogue dealers will have been removed. However, much has come from the top establishment and that also will change with more accountability. You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.

    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend. The advantage is that you are now less likely to step backwards and it will become easier to keep your focus on the Light. You are getting immense help and the pathway through the final months has more key points to come, that will assist your upliftment. We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice. We are in fact present on Earth in ways that are not immediately apparent, as we have bases that give us useful access to our allies. We can also more easily keep track on certain members of the Illuminati that are trying to avoid having to surrender.

    We wish your media would drop their hesitation to report the real news, as if it were carried out honestly it would reach more people who as yet have little idea of what is about to happen. In the meantime we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public. Communication is very high up on our list and you shall see that a new system will be introduced far superior to what you have now. We want everyone to be able to use it and it will involve the use of free energy.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and thank you for your ongoing perseverance.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.




    We Are You wrote:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e2kavqvxXFo&feature=player_embedded#!

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7994uWOLEtw&feature=related



    We Are You wrote:Saint Germain ~~ The Essence of Life ~~ 26/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    Tuesday, June 26, 2012

    Dear Ones,
    I Am Saint Germain and I want to talk to you about all the feats you have already accomplished in your lives. What used to be so hard has now become a ‘piece of cake’ compared to earlier times in which you found yourselves. You all have travelled the long, lonesome and winding road. On your way you were confronted with lots of obstacles only to defeat them again and again. You went ahead courageously and powerfully, never looking back.
    This trying journey has taken its toll on you ; it has changed your worlds in the manner that your lifepath has left a trail in the world in which you live. In the meantime, this trail has been transmuted into the Light resulting in the cleansing of your world. The thought of quitting, of just giving up has never crossed your mind, nor have you ever eluded the obstacles on your path. You kept on going, deeply believing in yourselves and in a better world. You faced the challenges head on, with much self-respect and now we can say that you succeeded brilliantly.
    Tomorrow always delivers what is concocted today. So be very careful what you create today as it will be just that what tomorrow will deliver. In short, all will flow together to create the “Now”. That may seem overwhelming to grasp, but after all you have been through, this too will be a ‘piece of cake’. You have become accustomed to all these energies and adjustments. You have mastered them and you gained expertise in handling them. You are becoming Masters ; before long you may call yourselves Masters and you may join us in the Higher DImensions.
    The challenges you were faced with in this Dimension were the most difficult of them all. However, once these challenges are victoriously overcome, they will never return on your evolutionary path. The challenges you have faced were long lasting and they have completely gotten out of hand. That’s the reason why “intervention” has been granted to ensure the safety of GAIA, your Beloved Mother Earth, and of humanity. Enough is enough and the limit for that has been crossed some time ago. Being an Ascended Master full of Love I can guarantee that our attention is focused on this matter. All is involved ; not a single particle of energy remains inactive in this regards. All has been called to active duty to finish the situations that have completely gotten out of hand. Despite all the distractions from the Dark Lords you arrived at this point in your evolution, namely your Ascension! Your experiences in duality are almost over. Be at ease and enjoy, for we too are most pleased and we welcome you with open arms and loving intentions. We stand by your side, we will never let you down. Make the most of the loving energies that are coming your way and get lots of rest for the Summer Solstice has been the starting point for many physical changes.
    I Am Saint Germain.
    .

    Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com
    pleiadedolphininfos: June 2012.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human



    Sananda ~ Stay Centered in Your Heart and Your Divinity ~ As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda ~ June 25, 2012
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by franheal


    Sananda 6.25.12:

    Greetings, fellow Lightworkers! A new era has begun, a new beginning for you; it is only for you to embrace it. Many things behind the scenes are transpiring. You will be able to feel it if you go into your heart. You do not necessarily need to know all the details, but if you can accept it in your heart, you are well on your way to a new life, a new beginning.

    Dear friends, there is so much you still are not aware of and the coming days will reveal more and more to you. Take it in stride and remember to stay centered and in your heart. Whatever is puzzling to you, just run through your heart like it was a decoder device. Allow it to sift through and come to awareness there.

    My dear beloved Lightworkers, you don’t even realize as yet the enormity of what you have accomplished. Time will tell, as they say, and it will sink in more. For now, keep leading with your heart and your love for all Beings, including the cabal, for they need it now.

    I would like to address some more points to help you in your ascension process. You know by now that you are changing in form quite a bit. The crystalline structure of your bodies is becoming quite settled and prominent. It is causing you to want to eat lighter and purer, and you will notice that fresh, raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes will give you the high-vibrational energy you need.

    Purifying your environment will also help you. Staying away from electronics as much as possible, especially cell phones and television, and being in nature as much as possible will nurture your being to the level it needs to rise to. And you know that being as present in the moment as much as you can be is helping you to counteract the dizzying feeling of time marching so fast and furiously.

    It may feel at times like you are at the center of a twirling ride you would see at an amusement park. Stay rooted in the center and watch the world spin until it stabilizes and you have found your bearings. Breathe in the Light fully every moment as if it is the air you breathe, in gulps, if you will, and intend to allow it to reach all cells in your body. We have told you this, but it is very important now.

    Just observe the negative sensations and memories and thoughts and notions you are experiencing and allow them to float on out like the waves wash out everything in their wake, out to the sea. In this case, the sea would be the Aura around you and let that transmute everything negative and recycle it out into the atmosphere and cosmic milieu as positive Light, Love and energy.

    Pay attention to the creative thoughts you are getting as to what you wish to be participating in as the New Earth takes shape. Pay attention to the visions you have while meditating, of how you want to feel and be. Allow anything to be possible, and create with abandon, dear Ones.

    The stage is being set for the Light to be more prominent and sustaining, as the darkness is being removed and transmuted by you with our help in the Spiritual and Galactic Realm. Know that you are so much more able now to participate in loving acts towards yourself and others; see it as the norm, as all the prior situations you have found yourselves in that bring you concern or pain will start to melt away, like a fog that is clearing to reveal beautiful blue skies.

    Be prepared for memories to emerge of your True Essence, of who you really are before you donned the cloak of duality and tried out so many roles in so many lives just for your edification and transformation and evolvement, only to find your true glowing Self emerge with so much Divine Love and capabilities.

    You are so close, my dear Ones. Please keep yourselves centered in your heart and do not be too concerned with the shake-ups and changes going on around you. See yourself as if at the center of a vortex and ground yourselves into Earth until you feel stable. Nothing besides your Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides your connection with all others in that Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides the Truth that you are One with all Beings here on Earth, and throughout the galaxies, is real right now!

    Be prepared for changes, but see it as a return to your True Selves. Stay in peace and calm, as if in the center of a hurricane. The hurricane will not cause any destruction to you if you remain there in the center.

    With all my love,

    I AM Sananda and I am always at your service.

    As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this notice and links are included.

    http://www.franheal.wordpress.com (Blog)

    http://www.franhealing.com/Current-Channelled-Message.html (Website)

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Wed Jun 27, 2012 9:52 am

    We Are You wrote:http://2012indyinfo.com/2012/06/27/baltic-anomaly-far-stranger-than-any-ufo-discovery-truthfall/#more-34533


    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman’s Blogby Laura Tyco

    06/27/2012 by John Smallman

    The coming great event is exciting all as its moment approaches inexorably, even though so few of you who are presently embodied have a full picture of what it entails. Just know that there will be no disappointments – they, too, are part of the illusion.

    I cannot stress forcefully enough how extremely important your daily periods of prayer, meditation, or plain relaxation are, as the moment for your awakening draws ever nearer. Yes, it is hard for you to hold your Light on high and remain upbeat and enthusiastic while it seems that the world is heading rapidly towards economic, political, religious, and ecological catastrophe. But that is a perception from within the illusion where your vision and ability to understand God’s infinite Love for you are severely limited.

    You are all eternally present in God because He is all of creation, all that exists. There is nowhere else that you could be; it is just that you have done an extremely good job of convincing yourselves that the illusion is real and then focusing all your attention there. Even your vision of God is illusory! He is so much more than you could possibly imagine, and infinitely more than that as well!

    Humanity has for eons attempted to paint images of God, in words, music, poetry, sculpture, drawings, and paintings; and in every age, race, culture, religion, nation, etc. The results of some of those attempts have been quite remarkable – but nothing that you have ever produced gives even the least idea of what God truly is.

    They could never do so because the illusion has separated you completely from your memories of Reality. A few of your great spiritually advanced souls realized that God and Love were one and have tried to convey that concept to you, and some of you have understood it, but for the most part it is a concept that is way beyond your ability to comprehend because of the constant and convincingly real conflict, pain, and suffering with which the illusion presents you. Often you have sought peace, but mostly only in order to gather your strength to reengage in conflict.

    A call for peace — merely for the sake of peace, and the harmony, abundance, lack of poverty, and happiness it would provide — is a very recent concept for humanity. It is to that recent call for peace that God has responded so abundantly, by enveloping the world in an extremely intensified field of divine Love so that you could easily go within and contact those in the spiritual realms who could respond appropriately to each individual request for help and guidance. Help and guidance from the spiritual realms has always been available to assist you in your search for the meaning of life, but never on such a vast and intense scale as now.

    This moment in your evolution has always been inevitable, but the timing of it has, until very recently, remained flexible. God loves you and wants only your eternal happiness, for of course you are all one with each other, with all of His divine creation, and with Him, but your awakening into eternal happiness is only possible when you have released all unlovingness. You have free will, and so are free to engage with the illusion indefinitely. It has always caused you far more pain and suffering than joy, and so there have always been some among you seeking something far, far better.

    Now the numbers of you seeking that better way have increased exponentially, and so the tipping-point has been reached where the numbers are great enough to bring about the gentle cracking and fragmentation of the screen that has hidden Reality from you for so long. The result of this fragmentation is that as the Light shines in through the cracks and crevices ever more brilliantly, more of you seek a much greater meaning in your lives, and the cracking and fragmentation accelerates. The screen cannot hold for very much longer as the Love enveloping you encourages acceptance, compassion, and support for one another while dissipating the fear that has separated you from each other for so long.

    For a while some large fragments of the illusion may persist, enabling the few who choose to remain unloving to continue to hide themselves from Reality and play games of pain, suffering, manipulation, and confusion. But their choice will not affect the vast majority whose only desire is to return Home by awakening. As you know, absolutely every conscious being is part of God, so no one will be condemned or abandoned. It is just that those who are not yet ready to return Home and have made other choices will be provided with the environment they need in which to evolve to the state of readiness from which they can finally choose to awaken. In the meantime, their choices will not delay the awakening of the vast majority who await their awakening with eager and impatient excitement and enthusiasm.

    With so very much love, Saul.

    [Please see the new post on my “Musings” page from Steve Beckow: “ Blink and You'll Miss It: Total Reassurance for Those Subterranean Fears.”]

    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman's Blog.

    Laura Tyco | June 27, 2012 at 11:16 | Categories: Channels | URL: http://wp.me/p1szSk-8Zo





    SaLuSa 6-27-12…”We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice”by kauilapele

    It feels that the pressure for movement builds, and this SaLuSa adds support to that message. I'd have to say that the (rather extendedly long) title is my own prime highlight here. And here are the rest...

    Highlights

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored.
    However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people.
    Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered.
    ...the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along.
    We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful.
    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long.
    Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.
    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen... it is important that you care for each other when the need arises.
    Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.
    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives.
    You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.
    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend.
    We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice.
    ...we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 27-June-2012

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored. Governments like to be in control and have always tried to cover up news about demonstrations or rebellions amongst the people. However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people. Naturally there will still be those who take a defensive view of the happenings, fearing that the changes are going to seriously affect them. People do not want to face the idea that they are about to lose their power, or in some cases their ill gotten wealth. No one will escape the financial changes or sharing of wealth, which shall be even greater by the inclusion of Trust Funds set up for this occasion. Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered. It will take time to cover everything but first the old system must be rid off and a new one put into its place.

    At the last moment there are inevitably stumbling blocks, but in the context of the whole mission they will not cause any undue delay. However, the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along. In fact in certain instances such as the cabals attempted false flag operations, we have been very much at the heart of matters. As always we do encourage you to take the lead as it was never intended that we did your work for you. The reasons are involved with karma, and you are expected to clear up problems created by yourselves. They do in fact go back a very long time during which periods you have met the same conditions throughout many lives.

    Certainly you have made much progress since the turn of the century, but even so have had to make a supreme effort to stop the plan of the Illuminati reaching fruition. We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful. Prior to that time you were being lulled into accepting the changes that were insidiously introduced bit by bit, that were removing your rights brick by brick. Thinking that they were infallible has allowed us to use the arrogance of the dark Ones to turn the tables upon them, and they have been taken unawares.

    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long. As individuals it does not matter too much what you may have done in the past, as you came to Earth to experience duality. All of you have had your ups and downs and it is what you are today that really counts. It comes down to having learnt the lessons that you needed to evolve, and you will all know how you stand in that respect. If you consider yourself to be of the Light you are undoubtedly on that path, and are unloading any baggage that you have accumulated. You are beginning to understand your true self, and live up to your desire to be of the Light and you will know better than anyone else how you are doing. Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.

    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen. It will seem as though the world is being turned upside down, and the future uncertain. Some areas may be inconvenienced by shortages due to normal services being restricted. So it is important that you care for each other when the need arises. The problems will only be temporary with no long term difficulties, as we are well prepared and already know where help will be needed. Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.

    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives. The Controllers are on their way out having been severely restricted in their ability to fund the vast operations they ran. When the banking changes are made that will further reduce their power, and no longer will shady or illegal deals be possible. Dealings that are open and transparent will be the order of the day, and possible because the rogue dealers will have been removed. However, much has come from the top establishment and that also will change with more accountability. You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.

    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend. The advantage is that you are now less likely to step backwards and it will become easier to keep your focus on the Light. You are getting immense help and the pathway through the final months has more key points to come, that will assist your upliftment. We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice. We are in fact present on Earth in ways that are not immediately apparent, as we have bases that give us useful access to our allies. We can also more easily keep track on certain members of the Illuminati that are trying to avoid having to surrender.

    We wish your media would drop their hesitation to report the real news, as if it were carried out honestly it would reach more people who as yet have little idea of what is about to happen. In the meantime we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public. Communication is very high up on our list and you shall see that a new system will be introduced far superior to what you have now. We want everyone to be able to use it and it will involve the use of free energy.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and thank you for your ongoing perseverance.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.




    We Are You wrote:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e2kavqvxXFo&feature=player_embedded#!

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7994uWOLEtw&feature=related



    We Are You wrote:Saint Germain ~~ The Essence of Life ~~ 26/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    Tuesday, June 26, 2012

    Dear Ones,
    I Am Saint Germain and I want to talk to you about all the feats you have already accomplished in your lives. What used to be so hard has now become a ‘piece of cake’ compared to earlier times in which you found yourselves. You all have travelled the long, lonesome and winding road. On your way you were confronted with lots of obstacles only to defeat them again and again. You went ahead courageously and powerfully, never looking back.
    This trying journey has taken its toll on you ; it has changed your worlds in the manner that your lifepath has left a trail in the world in which you live. In the meantime, this trail has been transmuted into the Light resulting in the cleansing of your world. The thought of quitting, of just giving up has never crossed your mind, nor have you ever eluded the obstacles on your path. You kept on going, deeply believing in yourselves and in a better world. You faced the challenges head on, with much self-respect and now we can say that you succeeded brilliantly.
    Tomorrow always delivers what is concocted today. So be very careful what you create today as it will be just that what tomorrow will deliver. In short, all will flow together to create the “Now”. That may seem overwhelming to grasp, but after all you have been through, this too will be a ‘piece of cake’. You have become accustomed to all these energies and adjustments. You have mastered them and you gained expertise in handling them. You are becoming Masters ; before long you may call yourselves Masters and you may join us in the Higher DImensions.
    The challenges you were faced with in this Dimension were the most difficult of them all. However, once these challenges are victoriously overcome, they will never return on your evolutionary path. The challenges you have faced were long lasting and they have completely gotten out of hand. That’s the reason why “intervention” has been granted to ensure the safety of GAIA, your Beloved Mother Earth, and of humanity. Enough is enough and the limit for that has been crossed some time ago. Being an Ascended Master full of Love I can guarantee that our attention is focused on this matter. All is involved ; not a single particle of energy remains inactive in this regards. All has been called to active duty to finish the situations that have completely gotten out of hand. Despite all the distractions from the Dark Lords you arrived at this point in your evolution, namely your Ascension! Your experiences in duality are almost over. Be at ease and enjoy, for we too are most pleased and we welcome you with open arms and loving intentions. We stand by your side, we will never let you down. Make the most of the loving energies that are coming your way and get lots of rest for the Summer Solstice has been the starting point for many physical changes.
    I Am Saint Germain.
    .

    Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com
    pleiadedolphininfos: June 2012.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human



    Sananda ~ Stay Centered in Your Heart and Your Divinity ~ As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda ~ June 25, 2012
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by franheal


    Sananda 6.25.12:

    Greetings, fellow Lightworkers! A new era has begun, a new beginning for you; it is only for you to embrace it. Many things behind the scenes are transpiring. You will be able to feel it if you go into your heart. You do not necessarily need to know all the details, but if you can accept it in your heart, you are well on your way to a new life, a new beginning.

    Dear friends, there is so much you still are not aware of and the coming days will reveal more and more to you. Take it in stride and remember to stay centered and in your heart. Whatever is puzzling to you, just run through your heart like it was a decoder device. Allow it to sift through and come to awareness there.

    My dear beloved Lightworkers, you don’t even realize as yet the enormity of what you have accomplished. Time will tell, as they say, and it will sink in more. For now, keep leading with your heart and your love for all Beings, including the cabal, for they need it now.

    I would like to address some more points to help you in your ascension process. You know by now that you are changing in form quite a bit. The crystalline structure of your bodies is becoming quite settled and prominent. It is causing you to want to eat lighter and purer, and you will notice that fresh, raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes will give you the high-vibrational energy you need.

    Purifying your environment will also help you. Staying away from electronics as much as possible, especially cell phones and television, and being in nature as much as possible will nurture your being to the level it needs to rise to. And you know that being as present in the moment as much as you can be is helping you to counteract the dizzying feeling of time marching so fast and furiously.

    It may feel at times like you are at the center of a twirling ride you would see at an amusement park. Stay rooted in the center and watch the world spin until it stabilizes and you have found your bearings. Breathe in the Light fully every moment as if it is the air you breathe, in gulps, if you will, and intend to allow it to reach all cells in your body. We have told you this, but it is very important now.

    Just observe the negative sensations and memories and thoughts and notions you are experiencing and allow them to float on out like the waves wash out everything in their wake, out to the sea. In this case, the sea would be the Aura around you and let that transmute everything negative and recycle it out into the atmosphere and cosmic milieu as positive Light, Love and energy.

    Pay attention to the creative thoughts you are getting as to what you wish to be participating in as the New Earth takes shape. Pay attention to the visions you have while meditating, of how you want to feel and be. Allow anything to be possible, and create with abandon, dear Ones.

    The stage is being set for the Light to be more prominent and sustaining, as the darkness is being removed and transmuted by you with our help in the Spiritual and Galactic Realm. Know that you are so much more able now to participate in loving acts towards yourself and others; see it as the norm, as all the prior situations you have found yourselves in that bring you concern or pain will start to melt away, like a fog that is clearing to reveal beautiful blue skies.

    Be prepared for memories to emerge of your True Essence, of who you really are before you donned the cloak of duality and tried out so many roles in so many lives just for your edification and transformation and evolvement, only to find your true glowing Self emerge with so much Divine Love and capabilities.

    You are so close, my dear Ones. Please keep yourselves centered in your heart and do not be too concerned with the shake-ups and changes going on around you. See yourself as if at the center of a vortex and ground yourselves into Earth until you feel stable. Nothing besides your Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides your connection with all others in that Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides the Truth that you are One with all Beings here on Earth, and throughout the galaxies, is real right now!

    Be prepared for changes, but see it as a return to your True Selves. Stay in peace and calm, as if in the center of a hurricane. The hurricane will not cause any destruction to you if you remain there in the center.

    With all my love,

    I AM Sananda and I am always at your service.

    As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this notice and links are included.

    http://www.franheal.wordpress.com (Blog)

    http://www.franhealing.com/Current-Channelled-Message.html (Website)


    The Band of Peace



    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    CoB Ra

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Wed Jun 27, 2012 6:45 pm

    Transcript of Cobra Interview with Lisa Harrison June 2012

    Lisa: Hello my name is Lisa Harrison and today for me is Tuesday 19th June 2012 and I am speaking with an individual who goes by the name of Cobra. Cobra appeared on the scene via a website called 2012portal.com just in March of this year and Cobra claims to be a member of an underground resistance movement and the website 2012portal.com acts as both a platform for making public announcements as well as coded communication with fellow resistance members. Cobra’s identity at this stage is private, which is why this is audio only and his/her voice will in fact be modified:





    http://lisamharrison.com/pdf/Transcript%20of%20Cobra%20Interview%20with%20Lisa%20Harrison%20June%202012.pdf


    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ofw7Jepw7oA&feature=plcp


    10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
    We're leaving together
    But still it's farewell
    And maybe we'll come back
    To earth, who can tell?
    I guess there is no one to blame
    We're leaving ground
    (Leaving ground)
    Will things ever be the same again?

    It's the final countdown
    (The final countdown)

    Ohh
    We're heading for Venus and still we stand tall
    'Cause maybe they've seen us and welcome us all, yeah
    With so many light years to go and things to be found
    (To be found)
    I'm sure that we'll all miss her so

    It's the final countdown
    (The final countdown)
    The final countdown
    (Final countdown)
    Ohh ho ohh

    The final countdown, Ooh
    It's the final countdown
    (The final countdown)
    The final countdown
    (Final countdown)
    Ohh

    It's the final countdown
    We're leaving together, Ooh
    (The final countdown)
    We'll all miss her so
    It's the final countdown
    (Final countdown), Ohh
    It's the final countdown
    Yeah

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    And then there's theTp

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Wed Jun 27, 2012 7:08 pm

    This is an old video of Michel Desmarquet giving a lecture about what he experienced when he was taken to a distant planet called Thiaoouba.A golden planet, They are Hermaphrodites of a highly advanced society, One of the races Who monitores earth for the past 1 300 000 years.

    He talks about UFO's, aliens, the higher self, spiritual development, technology and our purpose in this universe He is the author of Thiaoouba Prophecy also known as Abduction to the 9th planet, which can be found here:

    Book free Online : http://www.galactic.no/rune/thaoeng.html

    or pdf Format : http://www.lanuovaumanita.net/files/tp-typeset.pdf

    I urge you to read the book first because then these videos will make a lot more sense.



    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Independence Day 2

    Post  We Are You on Thu Jun 28, 2012 7:08 am

    EX[PERIMENT] PLANET EARTH – GALACTIC SOUL FUSION: GREEN LIGHT IS ON: Current Update: Breaking News, America! Drake confirms it’s ON!by Laura Tyco

    Wednesday, June 27, 2012

    GREEN LIGHT IS ON: Current Update: Breaking News, America! Drake confirms it’s ON!




    June 27, 2012
    Current Update: Breaking News, America! Drake confirms it’s ON!
    There were 2 maxed out chat rooms and 100 people on the phone as well as countless people listening via the Internet.
    This is GREEN LIGHT brothers and sister…
    The U.S. military has allowed Drake to tell us 3 things:
    1. The “cavalry” is coming!
    2. We, the militia and the citizens of the U.S. probably won’t be required and will only be called upon if our assistance is absolutely needed, so they told us to go about our business.
    3. Sit back and watch the fireworks on the 4th of July! It will be a 4th of July like no other.
    Drake is elated. The media will be opened up very shortly to tell the people the truth about the events unfolding, and it will be happening much sooner than we think.
    The paperwork has been properly done and we, the United States, have been declared FREE. There are just a few loose ends to tie up to include all 50 states and we can legally liberate ourselves from an oppressive government.
    Drake suggests we get some money out of the bank, just in case.
    Veterans will be honored and provided the care and services they rightly deserve.
    Sabotage attempts designed to “blow up” prior to the fall election have been unearthed and dismantled. Nuclear disaster plans have been prevented. The Resistance feels they have unearthed 99.9 per cent of the arsenal and doesn’t feel the cabal will be able to activate them.
    Lady Dragon revealed some good news. The FBI was on CNN and shared that they broke up a long-time child prostitution ring involving 79 children.
    More good news; no one opposed the bill Ron Paul wanted to pass this morning in the House of Representatives to audit the Fed, so 257 unanimous votes pushed it through and it will probably be unanimous in the Senate, as well when it gets there.
    I know everyone is excited to hear the news, so if necessary, I’ll do a synopsis of the Q & A later.
    Peace out!
    Kauilepele is on the ball and has already posted the audio recording of the first hour, so you can listen here NOW.

    Posted by PREDRAG BRACANOVICH at 5:58 PM

    EX[PERIMENT] PLANET EARTH - GALACTIC SOUL FUSION: GREEN LIGHT IS ON: Current Update: Breaking News, America! Drake confirms it’s ON!.

    Laura Tyco | June
    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://2012indyinfo.com/2012/06/27/baltic-anomaly-far-stranger-than-any-ufo-discovery-truthfall/#more-34533


    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman’s Blogby Laura Tyco

    06/27/2012 by John Smallman

    The coming great event is exciting all as its moment approaches inexorably, even though so few of you who are presently embodied have a full picture of what it entails. Just know that there will be no disappointments – they, too, are part of the illusion.

    I cannot stress forcefully enough how extremely important your daily periods of prayer, meditation, or plain relaxation are, as the moment for your awakening draws ever nearer. Yes, it is hard for you to hold your Light on high and remain upbeat and enthusiastic while it seems that the world is heading rapidly towards economic, political, religious, and ecological catastrophe. But that is a perception from within the illusion where your vision and ability to understand God’s infinite Love for you are severely limited.

    You are all eternally present in God because He is all of creation, all that exists. There is nowhere else that you could be; it is just that you have done an extremely good job of convincing yourselves that the illusion is real and then focusing all your attention there. Even your vision of God is illusory! He is so much more than you could possibly imagine, and infinitely more than that as well!

    Humanity has for eons attempted to paint images of God, in words, music, poetry, sculpture, drawings, and paintings; and in every age, race, culture, religion, nation, etc. The results of some of those attempts have been quite remarkable – but nothing that you have ever produced gives even the least idea of what God truly is.

    They could never do so because the illusion has separated you completely from your memories of Reality. A few of your great spiritually advanced souls realized that God and Love were one and have tried to convey that concept to you, and some of you have understood it, but for the most part it is a concept that is way beyond your ability to comprehend because of the constant and convincingly real conflict, pain, and suffering with which the illusion presents you. Often you have sought peace, but mostly only in order to gather your strength to reengage in conflict.

    A call for peace — merely for the sake of peace, and the harmony, abundance, lack of poverty, and happiness it would provide — is a very recent concept for humanity. It is to that recent call for peace that God has responded so abundantly, by enveloping the world in an extremely intensified field of divine Love so that you could easily go within and contact those in the spiritual realms who could respond appropriately to each individual request for help and guidance. Help and guidance from the spiritual realms has always been available to assist you in your search for the meaning of life, but never on such a vast and intense scale as now.

    This moment in your evolution has always been inevitable, but the timing of it has, until very recently, remained flexible. God loves you and wants only your eternal happiness, for of course you are all one with each other, with all of His divine creation, and with Him, but your awakening into eternal happiness is only possible when you have released all unlovingness. You have free will, and so are free to engage with the illusion indefinitely. It has always caused you far more pain and suffering than joy, and so there have always been some among you seeking something far, far better.

    Now the numbers of you seeking that better way have increased exponentially, and so the tipping-point has been reached where the numbers are great enough to bring about the gentle cracking and fragmentation of the screen that has hidden Reality from you for so long. The result of this fragmentation is that as the Light shines in through the cracks and crevices ever more brilliantly, more of you seek a much greater meaning in your lives, and the cracking and fragmentation accelerates. The screen cannot hold for very much longer as the Love enveloping you encourages acceptance, compassion, and support for one another while dissipating the fear that has separated you from each other for so long.

    For a while some large fragments of the illusion may persist, enabling the few who choose to remain unloving to continue to hide themselves from Reality and play games of pain, suffering, manipulation, and confusion. But their choice will not affect the vast majority whose only desire is to return Home by awakening. As you know, absolutely every conscious being is part of God, so no one will be condemned or abandoned. It is just that those who are not yet ready to return Home and have made other choices will be provided with the environment they need in which to evolve to the state of readiness from which they can finally choose to awaken. In the meantime, their choices will not delay the awakening of the vast majority who await their awakening with eager and impatient excitement and enthusiasm.

    With so very much love, Saul.

    [Please see the new post on my “Musings” page from Steve Beckow: “ Blink and You'll Miss It: Total Reassurance for Those Subterranean Fears.”]

    A call for peace is a very recent concept for humanity « Johnsmallman's Blog.

    Laura Tyco | June 27, 2012 at 11:16 | Categories: Channels | URL: http://wp.me/p1szSk-8Zo





    SaLuSa 6-27-12…”We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice”by kauilapele

    It feels that the pressure for movement builds, and this SaLuSa adds support to that message. I'd have to say that the (rather extendedly long) title is my own prime highlight here. And here are the rest...

    Highlights

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored.
    However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people.
    Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered.
    ...the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along.
    We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful.
    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long.
    Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.
    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen... it is important that you care for each other when the need arises.
    Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.
    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives.
    You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.
    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend.
    We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice.
    ...we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 27-June-2012

    Action is taking place but as you have realized it still does not hit the main Press outlets, but the news will become so important that a point will come when it can no longer be hidden or ignored. Governments like to be in control and have always tried to cover up news about demonstrations or rebellions amongst the people. However, once the media gets hold of the real truth behind what is happening, they will take the side of the people. Naturally there will still be those who take a defensive view of the happenings, fearing that the changes are going to seriously affect them. People do not want to face the idea that they are about to lose their power, or in some cases their ill gotten wealth. No one will escape the financial changes or sharing of wealth, which shall be even greater by the inclusion of Trust Funds set up for this occasion. Be assured that immense planning has gone into ensuring that this immediate period allows for everyone's needs to be considered. It will take time to cover everything but first the old system must be rid off and a new one put into its place.

    At the last moment there are inevitably stumbling blocks, but in the context of the whole mission they will not cause any undue delay. However, the pressure is mounting on those in the front line to get matters completely under way. It does require a lot of co-ordination and although we are mainly in the background we can nevertheless exert our authority to move things along. In fact in certain instances such as the cabals attempted false flag operations, we have been very much at the heart of matters. As always we do encourage you to take the lead as it was never intended that we did your work for you. The reasons are involved with karma, and you are expected to clear up problems created by yourselves. They do in fact go back a very long time during which periods you have met the same conditions throughout many lives.

    Certainly you have made much progress since the turn of the century, but even so have had to make a supreme effort to stop the plan of the Illuminati reaching fruition. We have been part of the movement to enlighten people as to the threats against them and their liberty, and it has been very successful. Prior to that time you were being lulled into accepting the changes that were insidiously introduced bit by bit, that were removing your rights brick by brick. Thinking that they were infallible has allowed us to use the arrogance of the dark Ones to turn the tables upon them, and they have been taken unawares.

    You should savor the coming times as you claim back your sovereignty, as it is nothing less than you deserve for having been treated as slaves for so long. As individuals it does not matter too much what you may have done in the past, as you came to Earth to experience duality. All of you have had your ups and downs and it is what you are today that really counts. It comes down to having learnt the lessons that you needed to evolve, and you will all know how you stand in that respect. If you consider yourself to be of the Light you are undoubtedly on that path, and are unloading any baggage that you have accumulated. You are beginning to understand your true self, and live up to your desire to be of the Light and you will know better than anyone else how you are doing. Be of good heart, compassionate and loving to all souls and if you are able to do so, you are well on the way to ascending.

    Times are approaching when communities may need to come together to assist those who may well be confused by what is about to happen. It will seem as though the world is being turned upside down, and the future uncertain. Some areas may be inconvenienced by shortages due to normal services being restricted. So it is important that you care for each other when the need arises. The problems will only be temporary with no long term difficulties, as we are well prepared and already know where help will be needed. Face the future with cheerful anticipation and help maintain the peace that is essential at this time.

    We of the Galactic Federation are so pleased for you that at last you can really see the outworking of all the efforts, that have been put in to bring an end to the restrictions that have blighted your lives. The Controllers are on their way out having been severely restricted in their ability to fund the vast operations they ran. When the banking changes are made that will further reduce their power, and no longer will shady or illegal deals be possible. Dealings that are open and transparent will be the order of the day, and possible because the rogue dealers will have been removed. However, much has come from the top establishment and that also will change with more accountability. You have capable people who know what needs to be done and we will work with them.

    Your consciousness levels continue to rise and that is a good sign and your assurance of reaching a level high enough to ascend. The advantage is that you are now less likely to step backwards and it will become easier to keep your focus on the Light. You are getting immense help and the pathway through the final months has more key points to come, that will assist your upliftment. We continue to confirm that in spite of delays, everything proceeds well and we are ready to spring into action at a minutes notice. We are in fact present on Earth in ways that are not immediately apparent, as we have bases that give us useful access to our allies. We can also more easily keep track on certain members of the Illuminati that are trying to avoid having to surrender.

    We wish your media would drop their hesitation to report the real news, as if it were carried out honestly it would reach more people who as yet have little idea of what is about to happen. In the meantime we look to you to spread the news where and when possible, and soon we shall arrange that our allies are given a voice that will reach the general public. Communication is very high up on our list and you shall see that a new system will be introduced far superior to what you have now. We want everyone to be able to use it and it will involve the use of free energy.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and thank you for your ongoing perseverance.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.




    We Are You wrote:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e2kavqvxXFo&feature=player_embedded#!

    http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7994uWOLEtw&feature=related



    We Are You wrote:Saint Germain ~~ The Essence of Life ~~ 26/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    Tuesday, June 26, 2012

    Dear Ones,
    I Am Saint Germain and I want to talk to you about all the feats you have already accomplished in your lives. What used to be so hard has now become a ‘piece of cake’ compared to earlier times in which you found yourselves. You all have travelled the long, lonesome and winding road. On your way you were confronted with lots of obstacles only to defeat them again and again. You went ahead courageously and powerfully, never looking back.
    This trying journey has taken its toll on you ; it has changed your worlds in the manner that your lifepath has left a trail in the world in which you live. In the meantime, this trail has been transmuted into the Light resulting in the cleansing of your world. The thought of quitting, of just giving up has never crossed your mind, nor have you ever eluded the obstacles on your path. You kept on going, deeply believing in yourselves and in a better world. You faced the challenges head on, with much self-respect and now we can say that you succeeded brilliantly.
    Tomorrow always delivers what is concocted today. So be very careful what you create today as it will be just that what tomorrow will deliver. In short, all will flow together to create the “Now”. That may seem overwhelming to grasp, but after all you have been through, this too will be a ‘piece of cake’. You have become accustomed to all these energies and adjustments. You have mastered them and you gained expertise in handling them. You are becoming Masters ; before long you may call yourselves Masters and you may join us in the Higher DImensions.
    The challenges you were faced with in this Dimension were the most difficult of them all. However, once these challenges are victoriously overcome, they will never return on your evolutionary path. The challenges you have faced were long lasting and they have completely gotten out of hand. That’s the reason why “intervention” has been granted to ensure the safety of GAIA, your Beloved Mother Earth, and of humanity. Enough is enough and the limit for that has been crossed some time ago. Being an Ascended Master full of Love I can guarantee that our attention is focused on this matter. All is involved ; not a single particle of energy remains inactive in this regards. All has been called to active duty to finish the situations that have completely gotten out of hand. Despite all the distractions from the Dark Lords you arrived at this point in your evolution, namely your Ascension! Your experiences in duality are almost over. Be at ease and enjoy, for we too are most pleased and we welcome you with open arms and loving intentions. We stand by your side, we will never let you down. Make the most of the loving energies that are coming your way and get lots of rest for the Summer Solstice has been the starting point for many physical changes.
    I Am Saint Germain.
    .

    Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com
    pleiadedolphininfos: June 2012.


    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

    June 25, 2012

    At present matters are reaching a point of no return, and we and our allies wait for the signal to go into action.

    All is prepared and although the dark Ones are aware that their time is up, the suddenness and extent of our arrests will still surprise them. Naturally there will be confusion amongst the public, but at the earliest possible moment they will be informed. When the media opens up to the truth the different sources will soon want to be part of the news about the changes.

    Meantime we gather ourselves around our allies as they mobilize themselves for the first of many actions. What is starting in the US will spread to other countries as people everywhere will demand their freedom, and a great cleansing will take place. Where there is resistance we shall back up our allies and explain that freedom must be given or else we will be forced to intervene.

    There is no choice for the old cabals and their power will be moved along with them if necessary. It is no time for false promises or going back to the old ways that no longer serve you. All countries will eventually base their Constitution on one that will be restored in the US according to the Founding Fathers, but modified to reflect the New Age that you are entering. These matters have already been addressed and prepared for a quick transition.

    Some people wonder how the armed forces will react, and we must tell you that the majority are ready to lay down their arms and become the true protectors of Mankind as originally intended. No longer will they put their lives on the line fighting false wars, and instead they will act to maintain peace throughout the world.

    Weapons as such will not be used against the people, and a day will come when they will no longer be needed. We know where the hidden facilities are and they will be destroyed to ensure they are never used again. Indeed, we have already commenced closing down underground bases, and are disarming the dark Ones as quickly as possible.

    Bear in mind our actions are carried out in such a way that there is no loss of life. We can “remove” people quite easily and deposit them wherever we choose, and often it is off-planet. We re-educate those who indulge in killing and violence, so that they may return to Earth as useful citizens.

    For comprehensive coverage of this subject and all others relating to the major events ahead of us, see the First Contact database at http://www.angelfire.com/space2/light11/fc/fc-index1.html



    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize fifth-dimensional states by the high-vibrational feelings your experience while in them.



    We Are You wrote:
    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:




    SaLuSa 6-22-12…”The Capitulation [of the Cabal] Has Taken Place in all but Name”by kauilapele

    For some reason, which I do not know what that is, I am not able to do highlights at this time. But I felt the message needed to go out. I may publish highlights later.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SaLuSa 22-June-2012

    Some people who do not understand our technology are feeling that the time for action is "now or never", believing that there will be insufficient time left to carry out all the changes necessary before Ascension. We must re-iterate that for us time is not such a crucial factor, and we are able to adjust to whatever time scale we are allowed. Our current plan is to start the action within a matter of days and not weeks, but nevertheless there is no question of it "never" going ahead. However, as you have learnt there is a line drawn from which we must get started even if it means becoming more directly involved. All along we have tried to encourage your participation in the preparations for Ascension and that has not changed, but we will move into action when given the authority. You will know when action is imminent as our allies intend to give a public announcement beforehand.

    Our tasks are looking a lot easier now that the dark Ones are no longer the power they were. The work of our allies has been extremely successful in breaking down their power structure, and they no longer command such large forces as previously. In fact their capitulation has taken place in all but name, and we await their final admission of defeat. So whatever news you hear do not fear the consequences as we are in control. and short of minor irritations we will not allow our efforts to be interfered with. There are still those who paint a picture of catastrophic happenings, but be assured that any physical changes will be more in the way of local changes and not world wide. Bear in mind that we can moderate the affects of earthquakes, and contain them to ensure that only the minimum of damage occurs. A long time ago your seers saw massive changes coming and prophesied them accordingly, but with time those possibilities became less catastrophic. So when people refer back to them remember that they are no longer in line with the current view on physical changes.

    Now you are so near to the final stages in your journey through duality, and many are already lifting up out of it. Set your goals high as everything is possible within the higher vibrations that you now exist in, as literally nothing is beyond your grasp. Even as this message is being relayed to you the energies have once again been increasing as a result of the Summer Solstice. There are more high points to come and for each soul many opportunities that will lift up their vibrations. These are intense times all with the intent of giving you every assistance to prepare for Ascension. After all whatever happens the only object of the changes is to get you safely into the New Age. That goal will be achieved regardless of any other events that take place.

    Whilst we encourage you to talk amongst yourselves about the present period, we would also ask that you make allowances for other peoples points of view. Remember that there are numerous time lines that are gradually coming together, and until a souls seeks help it should be allowed to progress through its own endeavors. The lessons learnt or knowledge acquired is best from personal experience. Naturally you are a mix of so many souls at different levels and there are those who love to share what they have discovered. That is fine providing you take only what resonates with you and is intuitively acceptable. There are many truths at this time but ultimately only the One Truth, which all shall understand as part of the One Supreme Being.

    Dear Ones you are adored by us as we see the real you, a magnificent Being of Light. You entered the lowest vibrations of your Universe as a challenge to your ability, to still rise up and bring back remembrance of who you really are. That many of you have now achieved and others are quickly awakening with the result that the Light upon Earth is at its highest level ever. It is instrumental in transmuting the lower energies and removing more power from the dark Ones, so that their attempts to carry on are doomed to failure. We would not in any event allow them to rise up again, and their days are finished. In one way or another they will be removed and placed where they cannot interfere with the Divine Plan.

    To some extent you can sit back and enjoy the coming period, but be aware that once the fun starts it will come thick and fast. The main point is that whatever takes place now is ultimately for your good, so do not see disharmony and danger where none exists. Have faith in your allies and our presence, as we have waited long for these moments and intent on keeping you well informed. Hitherto, we have had to exercise some constraint as it never pays to let your enemies know too much. However, when they are confined in places where they cannot affect our plan, we will be more than happy to give you as much detail as possible.

    There are still things happening on Earth that were instigated by the dark Ones, such as the problems in the Middle East. They will not last much longer and peace will be declared and enforced by us if necessary. There have been millions either killed or injured in mad wars that have benefitted few people except the Arms Dealers, although the seizure of countries and their wealth has also been one of the objectives. You have had your fill of such experiences and will never need to have them again, unless you choose to serve in the lower dimensions to prevent wars. Service to others is the highest form of love and once ascended it is a way of life that comes quite naturally to each soul.

    First however look forward to a break to pursue your own interests and enjoy being back in the higher realms. Sooner or later you will then find the call to service too powerful to resist, and you can decide in what way you want to do it. Undoubtedly you will find that you brought various talents and skills such as healing with you, and use them to further your experience. Naturally you will normally find yourself working in groups, and they could well be comprised of those whom you have already worked with on Earth. Friendships carry on through many lives, and account for that instant attraction between people when they first meet.

    I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send best wishes from the Galactic Federation of Light, who are getting nearer to you with each day that passes.

    Thank you SaLuSa.
    Mike Quinsey.

    kauilapele | 2012/06/21 at 22:32 | Tags: Mike Quinsey, SaLuSa | Categories: apocalypse, channeling, chaos, disclosure, earth changes, energies, new energies, prosperity package, releasing, spiritual growth, UFO | URL: http://wp.me/p1dHgy-3bH

    Cobra: "I can explain . 90 percent of Jesuits, are good heart-ed people, and they really

    believe that everything is OK, and they have their connection with the Source, but 10

    percent are not, and among that 10 percent there is a certain faction, that are extremely

    dangerous and extremely evil, and have to be stopped. And they’re actually the ones leading

    the whole organization (...)"

    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbo


    "Almost every episode began by showing the commission of the crime and its perpetrator. The series has no "whodunit" element. The plot mainly revolves around how the perpetrator, whose identity is already known to the audience, will finally be caught and exposed.

    The character is a friendly, verbose, disheveled-looking police detective (of Italian descent) who is consistently underestimated by his suspects. Most people are initially reassured and distracted by his circumstantial speech and increasingly irritating, pestering behavior. Despite his unprepossessing appearance and apparent absentmindedness, he shrewdly solves all of his cases and secures all evidence needed for indictment. His formidable eye for detail and meticulously dedicated approach, though apparent to the viewer, often become clear to the killer only late in the storyline.

    The series has been hailed by TV critics[who?] for the way it reversed the cliché of the standard whodunit mystery. In almost all of the episodes of Columbo, the audience sees the crime unfold at the beginning and knows exactly what is happening. The objective is to observe the way Columbo finds/follows the clues that will lead him to the solution, and to enjoy the tricks he will use to obtain a confession. This allows the story to unfold simultaneously from the point of view of Columbo and the murderer as they play cat and mouse. Describing the character, Variety columnist Howard Prouty wrote that "The joy of all this is watching Columbo disassemble the fiendishly clever cover stories of the loathsome rats who consider themselves his better."[6]

    In some episodes, such as the original film Prescription: Murder, Columbo does not appear until halfway through the episode. A Columbo mystery tends to be driven by the characters. The audience observes the criminal's reaction to the ongoing investigation, and to the increasingly intrusive presence of Columbo. As a distraction, Columbo is generally polite to the suspects as the investigation proceeds.

    Class tension is often apparent between Columbo – with his seemingly humble, working class origins – and the killer, who is usually affluent, well-positioned and condescending. The killer's arrogance and dismissive attitude help Columbo with his investigation, as he manipulates his suspects into self-incrimination. With the final arrest, the killer always goes quietly."



    Preparing for the Mass Arrests
    2012 June 24Comments Off
    Posted by Steve Beckow
    Troops in St. Louis
    Drake and Lady Dragon are working with Geoffrey West of Cosmic Vision News (listen past the 33:00 minute mark of the broadcast below) to cover the mass arrests if they begin tomorrow. The presence of troops in St. Louis leads Drake to believe that the push may start Monday, although no one knows for sure.

    https://s3.amazonaws.com/files.the2012scenario.com/Drake+Vital+News.mp3

    You can help Geoff report this event by watching the Internet for news yourself and sending in news tips to the “Contact Us” form in the righthand column of the 2012 Scenario site. Suzanne will screen what comes in and forward it to Geoff.

    That would result in replacing An Hour with an Angel tomorrow night with a live news broadcast. Geoff would cover these events, if they do occur, at BlogTalk Radio here:

    http://www.blogtalkradio.com/inlight_radio

    I have no idea whether the mainstream media will (1) cover them or (2) if they do, cover them from a truthful standpoint. If the mass arrests do begin tomorrow, chances are we’ll switch from regular news posting to coverage of them. All the 2012 Scenario editors have been invited to assist and invitations went out as well to other 2012-related editors on other blogsites. Everything else may be put on hold while these events are in process. If they occur.

    I’d caution people not to judge President Obama if he has called troops out. He works for the Light and his action may have been designed to provide a reason for the beginning of the arrests.

    You might be advised to lay in a moderate supply of cash and a moderate supply of food and drink. But there is no cause for alarm or anxiety. The arrests have been planned for a very long time and the outcome is assured.

    And, again, nothing at all may happen tomorrow. However, the presence of troops in St. Louis seems to suggest that it might.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Navigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaNavigating Fifth-Dimensional Spaces with Enhanced Powers of Inner Perception
    By DL Zeta

    June 23, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    This week’s summer solstice continues the wave of transformation that is bringing us to new levels of awakening consciousness and enhanced forms of inner perception.

    Some may begin to see the movement of energy on the inner screen of their mind while others may experience other-worldly sounds that bring greater communion with life-force energy and the echoes of interdimensional tones.

    New areas of perception can take many forms and are unique to each person.

    Sooner or later, new perceptions and inner experiences trickle into our physical reality, triggering profound change.

    As a result, during the summer of 2012, many will find themselves walking in two worlds.

    This dual reality happens as these changes bring about clearings that allow greater access to fifth-dimensional consciousness. At times you may find yourself moving along familiar reality threads; at other moments, you may find yourself juxtaposed into new and unknown realities. These new timelines are best understood through the lens of inner technologies.

    Perceiving through the ‘Inner Senses’

    As you begin regularly accessing fifth-dimensional consciousness, you find inner technologies activating to help you navigate these inner spaces. These include telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience, clairsentience and other psychic and intuitive abilities that allow the gift of clear-seeing. It’s this crystal clarity that helps you “see-through” the illusion.

    It’s important to understand that information coming through inner technologies does not arrive through the physical senses. It may seem so because inner technologies generally involve one or more of the “inner senses” of hearing, seeing and feeling. Each of the five senses has a corresponding spiritual sense. These inner senses are the means by which our higher self, guides and angels communicate with us. It’s easy to recognize information that comes through the inner senses because it lifts us to a higher place.

    Clairaudience involves receiving or “hearing” messages and thought forms from frequencies and realms beyond the physical. You may actually hear a voice in your mind or a sound frequency that entrains your consciousness to other realms. Clairvoyance involves seeing with your inner eyes. You may “see” a single image or entire scenes or “movies.” Inner seeing also involves seeing images as symbols. Clairsentience is yet another form of inner knowing. People who are clairsentient receive guidance and information through bodily sensations such as tingling or tightening reactions. Another intuitive doorway is claircognizance. Those who are claircognizant may suddenly know something without knowing how they know it.

    Each person has access to all of these inner senses, though a person’s natural orientation often determines which sense is used more often. A visually oriented person, for example, might pay more attention to their mental visions.

    Your Natural Abilities of Inner Perception

    As you heal and clear your emotions, as you trust and follow your highest vision, and allow the greatness of your being, you will find your natural abilities of inner perception opening and expanding. There will be moments when you know something is about to happen or you see through the surface of physical reality. You may suddenly catch a glimpse of another “you” in another time and place, or you may suddenly know something you didn’t know before. This intuitive knowing will take many forms.

    If you choose to develop these abilities, you will find you’re able to move between dimensions. It will become easier to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Cultivating skills of clairaudience, clairsentience, clairvoyance and telepathy will greatly enhance your ability to access fifth-dimensional consciousness. Likewise, as you exist more in the fifth dimension, you will find that your intuitive abilities expand exponentially.

    Pay close attention to feeling states as you enter new spaces. You will be able to recognize


    Angela Peregoff: Recovery Time
    2012 June 25
    Posted by VinaRecovery Time
    By Angela Peregoff

    June 25, 2012

    www.angelaperegoff.com

    “Spend a few minutes every day reminding yourself of all the things you have going for you and the special qualities you have to offer.” – Abigail Van Buren

    The week ahead is pretty laid-back for all mortals being transported through the cosmos on the beautiful lands of Gaia.

    A fairly peaceful and creative energy field takes hold on Earth so if you wake up with Technicolor dreams dazzling your mental sense buds don’t be surprised.

    As multidimensional beings we are being revitalized, refreshed and infused with new energy from the core impulse of the multiverse, which spontaneously and continuously recreates itself. Every moment provides us with a rich influx of energy to do with whatever we choose.

    Heed this warning though; replicating the familiar rather than creating a new version of reality may lead to loss rather than the next chapter of your purpose.

    The sacredness that you are, the sacredness that you seek, the sacredness that you yearn for always comes forth through the possibilities of your un-birthed tomorrows. To create the new, first you must imagine it, then you embrace it, and finally love it until the invisible becomes true for you.

    If you still don’t know what that personal version of heaven’s giving is for you pay attention – hunches are being given, flashes of genius and unusual promptings from the deeper qualities of intuition since we continue to be influenced by last week’s powerful New Moon in Gemini and Summer Solstice portal.

    These are supportive energies of self definition.

    Any rewiring of circuitry takes place in the nervous system before traveling to other areas of the anatomy. Be attentive and mindful this week whenever emotional or mental energy blocks your personal vitality. This is not the week to step into any dramas, circumstances of stress, or acts of frustration. The Soul’s lineage is busy downloading each with an atonement of imagined existence so that we become compelled to make decisions towards a spiritual future. For thousands of years, all manner of prophets and ancients foresaw this era as being a massive turning point where the spiritual nature of existence is truly revealed and when humankind makes an astounding leap in consciousness.

    And this week we are getting a dose of Soul power and respect directly into our electrical systems. Uncomfortable shock waves can be appeased by supplementing your nutritional practice with some Natural Calm (magnesium) at the end of the day.

    To assist with our journey through duality and into unity with individuality I suggest you continue the practice of releasing the ego’s hold on your soul’s quest for a full spectrum of visibility.We are at the juncture of receiving our Divine preciousness and unique gifts and it’s the ego, our self-concept, which is actually the one with the inherent fear of change and will try to sabotage this Divine inheritance.

    Daily you should listen for the presence that speaks through your past, your wounds, and your fears as the soul births new creative aspects into your personality structures. Just for clarity, I define the ego as the largely conscious part of your personality that’s derived from interfacing with the environment around you and that acts to preserve your self-concept and self-esteem as they are formed by that environment.

    You’ll know which is receiving more of your energy and attention, the ego or the soul, by which voice answers the following question: Do I make choices based on anxiety and fear or on my highest potential? The ego always asserts an agenda based on survival fear and self-esteem derived from the approval of culture and the people we interact with.

    When our choices are decided from such a perspective our soul range is dramatically decreased, rendering us mostly cultural beings, instead of celestial beings living in accordance with our highest potential.

    Our mission at this time is to make the ego so expansive through our own compassion that it encompasses and includes the Soul – our connection to All That Is, our connection to eternity.

    This is the divine reconnection that is now ready to be birthed fully into your life. The big shift over the last few years has been the understanding of the Law of Attraction.

    The next big shift is everyone understanding ego and its true purpose. The collective has opened the door on the opportunity to resolve the discords within our personalities so that the Soul can enter harmoniously. This too is going to take a few years to purify and that’s why I am giving you all the “heads up”.

    Everyone who reads my words each Monday is a pioneer of consciousness. . . a soul that agreed to embody “the New” and to anchor it within form so that a planetary shift could occur. So get busy doing the homework assignment with ego.

    As each of you diligently raises your luminosity and consciousness by participating in the expansive unfolding of the Universe itself then Spirit can incarnate into everyone’s journey at this time! Whether conscious or unconscious, what you hold compliments the life force of everyone you touch. So as you begin to use the ego as a creative tool of the Soul, and allow your personal sense of who you are to include the Soul identity, we all gain awareness.

    Your very vibration becomes an educator to hundreds.

    If you don’t know where to start expanding your understanding about ego you could start by the contemporary source author Robert Ohotto. I love using his book entitled, “Transforming Fate Into Destiny” published by Hay House, Inc. in my classes. Caroline Myss and Wayne Dyer are more good resources that I would recommend.

    However if you make the request to the Universe and your guides, “Bring me the appropriate teaching,” it will appear. It can’t not.

    This is the time you have been waiting for and now you are being given the tools to build your individual and collective vision of a new era. You can no longer make our life contingent on another or what other’s do. Each must rise to meet their own path. All are going to understand that when you plan based on what someone else will do, you block your flow.

    You have to be where your Soul tells you to be! You just have to know that you have the skills to navigate whatever comes up, as it arises.

    And that’s where my readers come in – you are the way-showers! You demonstrate using your senses as a barometer in all things. You know signs and answers are always around. That there is no need to obsess over and worry about missing them. You just stay open and pay attention. You realize you cannot miss what is meant for you. They will continue to show up until you understand, right? Many things are just what they are. You allow what you need to receive to pop out at you, so whatever you need out of each moment just appears.

    And you know why you do it that way? Because you feel and know you are Spirit and part of a Universal team that is always creating and expanding.

    In sacred union with each of you,



    ©2003 – 2012 Angela Peregoff | All rights reserved.

    Please feel free to copy and share these copyrighted Blessings with your friends, letting them know the source and inviting them to visit my website.


    Cobra Update 6-25-12…”Uranus square Pluto – Archons Activity” [Kp note] IMPORTANT UPDATE… “Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come”by kauilapele

    Thanks to LadyDragon for alerting me to this new article by Cobra. This appears as a follow-up to the Drake message from yesterday. And is perfect for this moment, in my mind. I've highlighted LOTS of points from below, and I sense that many will indeed harmonize with the message here.

    I say only, "Mahalo nui loa (Thank you very much), Cobra."

    Highlights

    ...Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.
    [June 21 to June 28] is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war.
    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this.
    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.
    The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with.
    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event.
    This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.
    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment.
    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.
    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels).
    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Uranus square Pluto - Archons Activity

    I would like to bring to your attention that this Sunday, June 24th, was the exact time of Uranus-Pluto square, a very powerful astrological alignment that brings much tension into the air.

    This influence is most intense in the time window between June 21st and June 28th. This is the timeframe that major non-physical Archons set for the beginning of a violent revolution and civil war. They are hoping to spread this worldwide to create chaos in order to help their physical counterparts hide away from the mass arrest sweeps. That will not help them, even if they try to hide in Uganda. Rest assured that the Light forces know where they are in every moment.

    This Archons’ plan will not come to fruition as there are higher positive forces preventing this. Know that non-physical Archons and their minions are behind most violent acts on this planet and they will not be able to initialize this as they are losing power daily.

    Goddess wants peace. And peace shall come.

    There is hidden war now taking place in Pentagon. The dark Cabal tried to infiltrate the Positive Military group to stop the mass arrests but this is currently successfully being dealt with. This was one of the main reasons for delays that frustrated so many people.

    Stardust 2 is a defence and not an attack weapon. It will be activated only to prevent the Cabal from doing harm at the time of the Event. This technology can be activated on a distance with a precision of about one millionth of a millimeter. It will be targeted specifically to the neurotransmitters in nerve cells in the bodies of the members of the Cabal. This technology is very target - specific and no innocent individual will be harmed in any way.

    Taking certain hard-core members of the Cabal into the Galactic Central Sun is healing, not punishment. Some of them have been damaged beyond repair. They have rejected the Light completely and this is the only way to deal with the situation. They will not feel any pain while being disintegrated. They will simply be gone forever.

    Regardless of the events in the next few days, please remain calm, but alert.

    Archons and their minions will try to provoke you. It is natural and human to feel anger, fear, doubt or impatience. But do not act on it. Just calmly observe your emotions, take a few breaths, maybe play your favourite song and then decide how to act.

    Do not engage in violence, whether physical (rioting, violent revolution) or verbal (attacking messengers on the internet, hateful comments to anyone, relationship quarrels). Violence will NOT solve our problems. Clearly planned and focused action will.

    Focus instead on beauty, nature, meditation. Find calmness within. And when you need to act, act from that calmness.

    The Empowered Human



    Sananda ~ Stay Centered in Your Heart and Your Divinity ~ As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda ~ June 25, 2012
    Posted on June 26, 2012 by franheal


    Sananda 6.25.12:

    Greetings, fellow Lightworkers! A new era has begun, a new beginning for you; it is only for you to embrace it. Many things behind the scenes are transpiring. You will be able to feel it if you go into your heart. You do not necessarily need to know all the details, but if you can accept it in your heart, you are well on your way to a new life, a new beginning.

    Dear friends, there is so much you still are not aware of and the coming days will reveal more and more to you. Take it in stride and remember to stay centered and in your heart. Whatever is puzzling to you, just run through your heart like it was a decoder device. Allow it to sift through and come to awareness there.

    My dear beloved Lightworkers, you don’t even realize as yet the enormity of what you have accomplished. Time will tell, as they say, and it will sink in more. For now, keep leading with your heart and your love for all Beings, including the cabal, for they need it now.

    I would like to address some more points to help you in your ascension process. You know by now that you are changing in form quite a bit. The crystalline structure of your bodies is becoming quite settled and prominent. It is causing you to want to eat lighter and purer, and you will notice that fresh, raw fruits and vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes will give you the high-vibrational energy you need.

    Purifying your environment will also help you. Staying away from electronics as much as possible, especially cell phones and television, and being in nature as much as possible will nurture your being to the level it needs to rise to. And you know that being as present in the moment as much as you can be is helping you to counteract the dizzying feeling of time marching so fast and furiously.

    It may feel at times like you are at the center of a twirling ride you would see at an amusement park. Stay rooted in the center and watch the world spin until it stabilizes and you have found your bearings. Breathe in the Light fully every moment as if it is the air you breathe, in gulps, if you will, and intend to allow it to reach all cells in your body. We have told you this, but it is very important now.

    Just observe the negative sensations and memories and thoughts and notions you are experiencing and allow them to float on out like the waves wash out everything in their wake, out to the sea. In this case, the sea would be the Aura around you and let that transmute everything negative and recycle it out into the atmosphere and cosmic milieu as positive Light, Love and energy.

    Pay attention to the creative thoughts you are getting as to what you wish to be participating in as the New Earth takes shape. Pay attention to the visions you have while meditating, of how you want to feel and be. Allow anything to be possible, and create with abandon, dear Ones.

    The stage is being set for the Light to be more prominent and sustaining, as the darkness is being removed and transmuted by you with our help in the Spiritual and Galactic Realm. Know that you are so much more able now to participate in loving acts towards yourself and others; see it as the norm, as all the prior situations you have found yourselves in that bring you concern or pain will start to melt away, like a fog that is clearing to reveal beautiful blue skies.

    Be prepared for memories to emerge of your True Essence, of who you really are before you donned the cloak of duality and tried out so many roles in so many lives just for your edification and transformation and evolvement, only to find your true glowing Self emerge with so much Divine Love and capabilities.

    You are so close, my dear Ones. Please keep yourselves centered in your heart and do not be too concerned with the shake-ups and changes going on around you. See yourself as if at the center of a vortex and ground yourselves into Earth until you feel stable. Nothing besides your Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides your connection with all others in that Divinity is real right now. Nothing besides the Truth that you are One with all Beings here on Earth, and throughout the galaxies, is real right now!

    Be prepared for changes, but see it as a return to your True Selves. Stay in peace and calm, as if in the center of a hurricane. The hurricane will not cause any destruction to you if you remain there in the center.

    With all my love,

    I AM Sananda and I am always at your service.

    As Channeled Through Fran Zepeda. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this notice and links are included.

    http://www.franheal.wordpress.com (Blog)

    http://www.franhealing.com/Current-Channelled-Message.html (Website)


    The Band of Peace



    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Ethos of Love - CV

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Fri Jun 29, 2012 3:29 pm


    Defending Universal Values never puts you in sin.


    Dear friends, we are very pleased with the high volume of responses. We will work with Laura now on replying to your emails. Laura has received over 50 emails from people who would like to know if they are indeed part of the Aurora Crew. Please be patient in waiting for your reply, you will receive a confirmation email tomorrow by the latest.

    .

    Laura: Thank you Adrial and Bashir. A few people are happy for their name to remain anonymous and to deal exclusively by email. Also a few people have showed concerns about their role in linking up with you. Can you please explain how can people link in with you?

    .

    Adrial: Of course. Leslee has a few posts and you have shown the links, those should be read before tomorrow night’s flight. It will help us identify your energy marker while you are connecting with the posts. Your own description of the experience was very accurate as well, so it would help for people who receive a confirmation to read that as well.

    .

    It is important to do at least a 20 minutes meditation just before people go to bed. When we say meditation, we need you to relax your mind, emotions and body as much as possible. Also take in your non dominant hand a crystal pendulum or a larger crystal. This will facilitate our communication with you.

    .

    No need to try anything special other than sit with yourself. Experience your breath, but also the contours of your body, connect with your small and large muscular tissue, and return to your spinal fluid. Many of you cannot sense the energy flow running through your spine, so focusing on your spinal column and back muscles would help a lot as a starting point.

    .

    Ideally do some gentle physical exercise Saturday, so that your body would be in a tired state and it will be easy for it to let go. At some point, you will reach such a level of relaxation that you will drift off between sleep and awaking state. You will know whether or not we have been with you because there will be a sense of continuity in your dream.

    .

    Some of you will also hear us speak while awake and while asleep. However you will not retain memories of the entire trip. Some of you may not recall anything at all, and we do realize how disappointing this is. This happens when your Higher Self protects you, because deep down you are not ready just yet for your conscious Self to embrace what you will experience. In time, as you will grow spiritually and mature, you will recall more and more.

    .

    Sometime perhaps our connection was rather weak, and your presence was rather faint or undecided, even intermittent. This also accounts for no memories once you will awake. In order to know if you were onboard with us at all here are some clues:

    .

    1- you may feel extremely tired, as if you hardly slept at all. His means you were very active in the inner planes of existence, even though you chose not to recall most or any of your experiences.

    2- You may feel and subconsciously know that something has changed inside of you as a consequence of your dreamtime experience. You may feel an inexplicable inner peace, joy and harmony.

    3- You may not recall images or conversations, but your body is probably going to recall deep feelings of connection with each other and with us. You may indeed feel a little emotional on Sunday for no apparent reason.

    4- You may feel ecstatic and extremely happy for no reason. Again this would mean that on a deeper level you know something extraordinary has taken place for you.

    Bashir: I would also like for clarification that the Aurora can accommodate hundreds of you on this maiden voyage. The confirmations that you will receive from Adrial and me are a confirmation that you are actually part of our Starship Aurora’s Galactic Crew. It is very important that you email Laura if you suspect that you may be part of the Aurora crew.

    .

    In addition to what Adrial has said previously, if you are familiar with the Merkaba practice of meditation and breathing, please use it during your meditation before the dreamtime flight. Visualize your self at the centre of a light pyramid. Our Galactic crew will initiate contact with you ideally during the meditation phase. This increases the chances of you recalling more the following day. Also it would help if when you wake up on Sunday morning, if you do a similar meditation before taking any food in your body.

    .

    These practices will help you blend in what you have learnt with us and process your experiences as part of your reality. Ideally it helps even more to practice meditation at sunset and dawn. Ultimately our common goal is to have enough will power on your side to bring the Aurora into your reality.

    .

    She responds to love, respect, and light. She is a fine ship, she journeys frequently through time, space and dimensions. She was also connected to humans during the Lemurian and Atlantean times. She has a deep affection for your planet and for humans in general and she has volunteered for this mission herself.

    .

    During the flight we will take you around the Aurora, explain about our propulsion system, we will explain some of the various types of propulsion used by the Andromedea’s Galaxy type Starships and also some of the Galactic Federation navigation and propulsion systems. These lectures will be for all present onboard.

    .

    We will introduce ourselves to you during this time in more details, we will re-familiarise you with your mission on Earth and onboard. Some of you can go on mission after that in their respective despatched teams. All will be done once you are onboard with us.

    .

    Some of you may need to use our healing chambers, others may travel with us through the ether in order to balance negative karma, or to settle arguments with enemy souls. This is part of the initial approach procedure.

    .

    Bear in mind that in the 5th dimensions nothing is set into stone, and all is fluid, ever changing. We wish you a pleasant maiden voyage onboard and a very fruitful reconnection with us, your team mates and family. Many of us have come here to be with you at this time and guide you step by step on this home return journey.

    .

    May the Light be with you and we look forward to our voyage.

    .

    Adrial and Bashir channeled by Laura Tyco








    Me=We
    13+5 (18) 23+5(28) 81 82 9 10 //// 91 19 10 Ten One Zero
    Attachments
    We1111.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (6 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  We Are You on Fri Jun 29, 2012 8:17 pm

    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    Defending Universal Values never puts you in sin.


    Dear friends, we are very pleased with the high volume of responses. We will work with Laura now on replying to your emails. Laura has received over 50 emails from people who would like to know if they are indeed part of the Aurora Crew. Please be patient in waiting for your reply, you will receive a confirmation email tomorrow by the latest.

    .

    Laura: Thank you Adrial and Bashir. A few people are happy for their name to remain anonymous and to deal exclusively by email. Also a few people have showed concerns about their role in linking up with you. Can you please explain how can people link in with you?

    .

    Adrial: Of course. Leslee has a few posts and you have shown the links, those should be read before tomorrow night’s flight. It will help us identify your energy marker while you are connecting with the posts. Your own description of the experience was very accurate as well, so it would help for people who receive a confirmation to read that as well.

    .

    It is important to do at least a 20 minutes meditation just before people go to bed. When we say meditation, we need you to relax your mind, emotions and body as much as possible. Also take in your non dominant hand a crystal pendulum or a larger crystal. This will facilitate our communication with you.

    .

    No need to try anything special other than sit with yourself. Experience your breath, but also the contours of your body, connect with your small and large muscular tissue, and return to your spinal fluid. Many of you cannot sense the energy flow running through your spine, so focusing on your spinal column and back muscles would help a lot as a starting point.

    .

    Ideally do some gentle physical exercise Saturday, so that your body would be in a tired state and it will be easy for it to let go. At some point, you will reach such a level of relaxation that you will drift off between sleep and awaking state. You will know whether or not we have been with you because there will be a sense of continuity in your dream.

    .

    Some of you will also hear us speak while awake and while asleep. However you will not retain memories of the entire trip. Some of you may not recall anything at all, and we do realize how disappointing this is. This happens when your Higher Self protects you, because deep down you are not ready just yet for your conscious Self to embrace what you will experience. In time, as you will grow spiritually and mature, you will recall more and more.

    .

    Sometime perhaps our connection was rather weak, and your presence was rather faint or undecided, even intermittent. This also accounts for no memories once you will awake. In order to know if you were onboard with us at all here are some clues:

    .

    1- you may feel extremely tired, as if you hardly slept at all. His means you were very active in the inner planes of existence, even though you chose not to recall most or any of your experiences.

    2- You may feel and subconsciously know that something has changed inside of you as a consequence of your dreamtime experience. You may feel an inexplicable inner peace, joy and harmony.

    3- You may not recall images or conversations, but your body is probably going to recall deep feelings of connection with each other and with us. You may indeed feel a little emotional on Sunday for no apparent reason.

    4- You may feel ecstatic and extremely happy for no reason. Again this would mean that on a deeper level you know something extraordinary has taken place for you.

    Bashir: I would also like for clarification that the Aurora can accommodate hundreds of you on this maiden voyage. The confirmations that you will receive from Adrial and me are a confirmation that you are actually part of our Starship Aurora’s Galactic Crew. It is very important that you email Laura if you suspect that you may be part of the Aurora crew.

    .

    In addition to what Adrial has said previously, if you are familiar with the Merkaba practice of meditation and breathing, please use it during your meditation before the dreamtime flight. Visualize your self at the centre of a light pyramid. Our Galactic crew will initiate contact with you ideally during the meditation phase. This increases the chances of you recalling more the following day. Also it would help if when you wake up on Sunday morning, if you do a similar meditation before taking any food in your body.

    .

    These practices will help you blend in what you have learnt with us and process your experiences as part of your reality. Ideally it helps even more to practice meditation at sunset and dawn. Ultimately our common goal is to have enough will power on your side to bring the Aurora into your reality.

    .

    She responds to love, respect, and light. She is a fine ship, she journeys frequently through time, space and dimensions. She was also connected to humans during the Lemurian and Atlantean times. She has a deep affection for your planet and for humans in general and she has volunteered for this mission herself.

    .

    During the flight we will take you around the Aurora, explain about our propulsion system, we will explain some of the various types of propulsion used by the Andromedea’s Galaxy type Starships and also some of the Galactic Federation navigation and propulsion systems. These lectures will be for all present onboard.

    .

    We will introduce ourselves to you during this time in more details, we will re-familiarise you with your mission on Earth and onboard. Some of you can go on mission after that in their respective despatched teams. All will be done once you are onboard with us.

    .

    Some of you may need to use our healing chambers, others may travel with us through the ether in order to balance negative karma, or to settle arguments with enemy souls. This is part of the initial approach procedure.

    .

    Bear in mind that in the 5th dimensions nothing is set into stone, and all is fluid, ever changing. We wish you a pleasant maiden voyage onboard and a very fruitful reconnection with us, your team mates and family. Many of us have come here to be with you at this time and guide you step by step on this home return journey.

    .

    May the Light be with you and we look forward to our voyage.

    .

    Adrial and Bashir channeled by Laura Tyco








    Me=We
    13+5 (18) 23+5(28) 81 82 9 10 //// 91 19 10 Ten One Zero
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Owlsden by Aquarius1111

    Post  We Are You on Fri Jun 29, 2012 8:20 pm

    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    Defending Universal Values never puts you in sin.


    Dear friends, we are very pleased with the high volume of responses. We will work with Laura now on replying to your emails. Laura has received over 50 emails from people who would like to know if they are indeed part of the Aurora Crew. Please be patient in waiting for your reply, you will receive a confirmation email tomorrow by the latest.

    .

    Laura: Thank you Adrial and Bashir. A few people are happy for their name to remain anonymous and to deal exclusively by email. Also a few people have showed concerns about their role in linking up with you. Can you please explain how can people link in with you?

    .

    Adrial: Of course. Leslee has a few posts and you have shown the links, those should be read before tomorrow night’s flight. It will help us identify your energy marker while you are connecting with the posts. Your own description of the experience was very accurate as well, so it would help for people who receive a confirmation to read that as well.

    .

    It is important to do at least a 20 minutes meditation just before people go to bed. When we say meditation, we need you to relax your mind, emotions and body as much as possible. Also take in your non dominant hand a crystal pendulum or a larger crystal. This will facilitate our communication with you.

    .

    No need to try anything special other than sit with yourself. Experience your breath, but also the contours of your body, connect with your small and large muscular tissue, and return to your spinal fluid. Many of you cannot sense the energy flow running through your spine, so focusing on your spinal column and back muscles would help a lot as a starting point.

    .

    Ideally do some gentle physical exercise Saturday, so that your body would be in a tired state and it will be easy for it to let go. At some point, you will reach such a level of relaxation that you will drift off between sleep and awaking state. You will know whether or not we have been with you because there will be a sense of continuity in your dream.

    .

    Some of you will also hear us speak while awake and while asleep. However you will not retain memories of the entire trip. Some of you may not recall anything at all, and we do realize how disappointing this is. This happens when your Higher Self protects you, because deep down you are not ready just yet for your conscious Self to embrace what you will experience. In time, as you will grow spiritually and mature, you will recall more and more.

    .

    Sometime perhaps our connection was rather weak, and your presence was rather faint or undecided, even intermittent. This also accounts for no memories once you will awake. In order to know if you were onboard with us at all here are some clues:

    .

    1- you may feel extremely tired, as if you hardly slept at all. His means you were very active in the inner planes of existence, even though you chose not to recall most or any of your experiences.

    2- You may feel and subconsciously know that something has changed inside of you as a consequence of your dreamtime experience. You may feel an inexplicable inner peace, joy and harmony.

    3- You may not recall images or conversations, but your body is probably going to recall deep feelings of connection with each other and with us. You may indeed feel a little emotional on Sunday for no apparent reason.

    4- You may feel ecstatic and extremely happy for no reason. Again this would mean that on a deeper level you know something extraordinary has taken place for you.

    Bashir: I would also like for clarification that the Aurora can accommodate hundreds of you on this maiden voyage. The confirmations that you will receive from Adrial and me are a confirmation that you are actually part of our Starship Aurora’s Galactic Crew. It is very important that you email Laura if you suspect that you may be part of the Aurora crew.

    .

    In addition to what Adrial has said previously, if you are familiar with the Merkaba practice of meditation and breathing, please use it during your meditation before the dreamtime flight. Visualize your self at the centre of a light pyramid. Our Galactic crew will initiate contact with you ideally during the meditation phase. This increases the chances of you recalling more the following day. Also it would help if when you wake up on Sunday morning, if you do a similar meditation before taking any food in your body.

    .

    These practices will help you blend in what you have learnt with us and process your experiences as part of your reality. Ideally it helps even more to practice meditation at sunset and dawn. Ultimately our common goal is to have enough will power on your side to bring the Aurora into your reality.

    .

    She responds to love, respect, and light. She is a fine ship, she journeys frequently through time, space and dimensions. She was also connected to humans during the Lemurian and Atlantean times. She has a deep affection for your planet and for humans in general and she has volunteered for this mission herself.

    .

    During the flight we will take you around the Aurora, explain about our propulsion system, we will explain some of the various types of propulsion used by the Andromedea’s Galaxy type Starships and also some of the Galactic Federation navigation and propulsion systems. These lectures will be for all present onboard.

    .

    We will introduce ourselves to you during this time in more details, we will re-familiarise you with your mission on Earth and onboard. Some of you can go on mission after that in their respective despatched teams. All will be done once you are onboard with us.

    .

    Some of you may need to use our healing chambers, others may travel with us through the ether in order to balance negative karma, or to settle arguments with enemy souls. This is part of the initial approach procedure.

    .

    Bear in mind that in the 5th dimensions nothing is set into stone, and all is fluid, ever changing. We wish you a pleasant maiden voyage onboard and a very fruitful reconnection with us, your team mates and family. Many of us have come here to be with you at this time and guide you step by step on this home return journey.

    .

    May the Light be with you and we look forward to our voyage.

    .

    Adrial and Bashir channeled by Laura Tyco








    Me=We
    13+5 (18) 23+5(28) 81 82 9 10 //// 91 19 10 Ten One Zero

    Usual disclaimer: "How do you relate to
    Music
    Images
    Unconditional love, Love, LOVE and Owlsdenelse?"
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Summer is Soooooo Be u ti full xxxxxxx

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Fri Jun 29, 2012 9:00 pm



    Man I Low vv u






    Attachments
    We1111.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (6 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Fri Jun 29, 2012 10:28 pm

    We Are You wrote:
    Aquaries1111 wrote:
    Defending Universal Values never puts you in sin.


    Dear friends, we are very pleased with the high volume of responses. We will work with Laura now on replying to your emails. Laura has received over 50 emails from people who would like to know if they are indeed part of the Aurora Crew. Please be patient in waiting for your reply, you will receive a confirmation email tomorrow by the latest.

    .

    Laura: Thank you Adrial and Bashir. A few people are happy for their name to remain anonymous and to deal exclusively by email. Also a few people have showed concerns about their role in linking up with you. Can you please explain how can people link in with you?

    .

    Adrial: Of course. Leslee has a few posts and you have shown the links, those should be read before tomorrow night’s flight. It will help us identify your energy marker while you are connecting with the posts. Your own description of the experience was very accurate as well, so it would help for people who receive a confirmation to read that as well.

    .

    It is important to do at least a 20 minutes meditation just before people go to bed. When we say meditation, we need you to relax your mind, emotions and body as much as possible. Also take in your non dominant hand a crystal pendulum or a larger crystal. This will facilitate our communication with you.

    .

    No need to try anything special other than sit with yourself. Experience your breath, but also the contours of your body, connect with your small and large muscular tissue, and return to your spinal fluid. Many of you cannot sense the energy flow running through your spine, so focusing on your spinal column and back muscles would help a lot as a starting point.

    .

    Ideally do some gentle physical exercise Saturday, so that your body would be in a tired state and it will be easy for it to let go. At some point, you will reach such a level of relaxation that you will drift off between sleep and awaking state. You will know whether or not we have been with you because there will be a sense of continuity in your dream.

    .

    Some of you will also hear us speak while awake and while asleep. However you will not retain memories of the entire trip. Some of you may not recall anything at all, and we do realize how disappointing this is. This happens when your Higher Self protects you, because deep down you are not ready just yet for your conscious Self to embrace what you will experience. In time, as you will grow spiritually and mature, you will recall more and more.

    .

    Sometime perhaps our connection was rather weak, and your presence was rather faint or undecided, even intermittent. This also accounts for no memories once you will awake. In order to know if you were onboard with us at all here are some clues:

    .

    1- you may feel extremely tired, as if you hardly slept at all. His means you were very active in the inner planes of existence, even though you chose not to recall most or any of your experiences.

    2- You may feel and subconsciously know that something has changed inside of you as a consequence of your dreamtime experience. You may feel an inexplicable inner peace, joy and harmony.

    3- You may not recall images or conversations, but your body is probably going to recall deep feelings of connection with each other and with us. You may indeed feel a little emotional on Sunday for no apparent reason.

    4- You may feel ecstatic and extremely happy for no reason. Again this would mean that on a deeper level you know something extraordinary has taken place for you.

    Bashir: I would also like for clarification that the Aurora can accommodate hundreds of you on this maiden voyage. The confirmations that you will receive from Adrial and me are a confirmation that you are actually part of our Starship Aurora’s Galactic Crew. It is very important that you email Laura if you suspect that you may be part of the Aurora crew.

    .

    In addition to what Adrial has said previously, if you are familiar with the Merkaba practice of meditation and breathing, please use it during your meditation before the dreamtime flight. Visualize your self at the centre of a light pyramid. Our Galactic crew will initiate contact with you ideally during the meditation phase. This increases the chances of you recalling more the following day. Also it would help if when you wake up on Sunday morning, if you do a similar meditation before taking any food in your body.

    .

    These practices will help you blend in what you have learnt with us and process your experiences as part of your reality. Ideally it helps even more to practice meditation at sunset and dawn. Ultimately our common goal is to have enough will power on your side to bring the Aurora into your reality.

    .

    She responds to love, respect, and light. She is a fine ship, she journeys frequently through time, space and dimensions. She was also connected to humans during the Lemurian and Atlantean times. She has a deep affection for your planet and for humans in general and she has volunteered for this mission herself.

    .

    During the flight we will take you around the Aurora, explain about our propulsion system, we will explain some of the various types of propulsion used by the Andromedea’s Galaxy type Starships and also some of the Galactic Federation navigation and propulsion systems. These lectures will be for all present onboard.

    .

    We will introduce ourselves to you during this time in more details, we will re-familiarise you with your mission on Earth and onboard. Some of you can go on mission after that in their respective despatched teams. All will be done once you are onboard with us.

    .

    Some of you may need to use our healing chambers, others may travel with us through the ether in order to balance negative karma, or to settle arguments with enemy souls. This is part of the initial approach procedure.

    .

    Bear in mind that in the 5th dimensions nothing is set into stone, and all is fluid, ever changing. We wish you a pleasant maiden voyage onboard and a very fruitful reconnection with us, your team mates and family. Many of us have come here to be with you at this time and guide you step by step on this home return journey.

    .

    May the Light be with you and we look forward to our voyage.

    .

    Adrial and Bashir channeled by Laura Tyco








    Me=We
    13+5 (18) 23+5(28) 81 82 9 10 //// 91 19 10 Ten One Zero

    Usual disclaimer: "How do you relate to
    Music
    Images
    Unconditional love, Love, LOVE and Owlsdenelse?"

    880 77 /16 14 *30* 10 10 10 B Ax26 B

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    FREEWECARE.:.:.:.:.WE ARE NOTHING BUT HAPPY WALKERS AND ON OUR ALLD WAY

    Post  We Are You on Sat Jun 30, 2012 10:27 am

    pleiadedolphininfos: The Dolphin Collective ~~ The Dark forces of the Earthly Illusion are at their end ~~ 30/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont
    Posted on June 30, 2012 by Laura Tyco


    Lovely Ones,

    We are the Dolphin Collective and we welcome you through this lovely channeler for we are always pleased to communicate with you. Today it has become quite obvious that immense changes have taken place amongst you. We have been notified from our different correspondents that the changes have now shifted gear, so to speak, on your Earthly timeline. These changes will stir lots of hope in you as you will finally be free, totally free! The Dolphin Collective as well as the emissaries of the whales are thrilled to be informed that the petty games of the Dark Lords have come to an end ; it is now just a matter of time before it will be broadcast publicly. Never before have we seen the lonesome battle of the Dark been defeated as has now been the case. This really is exceptional to say the least : all is well that ends well. Of course, it is in accordance with the Divine Plan as the Light has always been stronger than the forces of the Dark. And in the end, only Love will be victorious and a beauty She is at that! LOVE! We can ease your heart as we affirm that such dark scenarios will never ever happen again. The Dark has now run its last course and will be fully eliminated so that only pure, useful energies of the Light will remain and take their rightful place amongst you.

    You are sources of Love and Light, only presently occupying a physical, 3rd dimensional vehicle that is used to gain experiences in a 3rd dimensional world. The physical body was necessary in order to experience the 3rd Dimensional density to the fullest. After the time of Ascension, your physical vessel will have lost its usefulness and it will be transformed in the Higher Dimensions into a crystalline lightbody containing all your light energies and your expanded consciousness. All your gifts and all the initial functions will be fully reactivated and all memories of past and parallel worlds will return to you. This process of remembrance has already started for many of your Lightworkers even if that is only the tip of the iceberg compared to what you may expect in its totality.

    We, the Dolphin Collective, communicate telepathically with one another ; this gift will also be bestowed again upon humanity. No more cell phones or other communication devices will be necessary as all the info that is gathered internally will be shared telepathically amongst you. You won’t need any outside sources anymore ; you won’t need confirmations ; it will all blossom forth from your heart-center as the heart is the place of all truth and all knowledge. It is in the heart and not in the brain ; the latter is merely an operating system for the physical body. Neither is it in your intelligence as has been proclaimed by your experts. You don’t have to pursue a higher education to be intelligent or to be wise. Quite the contrary : knowledge and experience come from the heart.

    You are your own Master and your heart is your guide. In fact, everyone is a Master! And every Master has gained his own experiences and knowledge and that’s why we complement each other till we, all of us together, form again the one Source of All That Is. We split off of this Source in trillions of aspects, sent out to gather experiences/knowledge and then to complement each other and to reunite again to this original state of being. This process in itself is eternal and will continue to be repeated only this time “duality” will be out of the picture for good, that is, specifically for the souls who are now on the brink of Ascension. It is done, once and for always! Can you truly understand this, my lovely ones? Something you got used to for several thousands of your Earth years, to now let it go and never to associate with again? You have prepared for this a long time now and many of you are thrilled at this prospect but regretfully there are souls who find it difficult to let go of that duality which has allegedly supported them … even if it is far from loving and comforting.

    Make a choice, chose well and pronounce it out loud. If you wish to get assistance in letting go of this last dualistic hold, speak your mind clearly and let there be no misunderstanding that you really want it done and over with. Your star family, your Ascended Masters, the Archangels and we, the Dolphin Collective, will be eager to assist you in this process of releasing all duality. Invoke us or invoke your star family of the Light and assistance will be promptly granted. It all depends on you, it all starts from within you ; you make your stand and you decide that you want to release the duality and you ask for assistance in this. That’s it in a nutshell. Please don’t wait for somebody else to do it for you ; that will amount to nothing at all. As we have said : it all starts from you. We are merely here to assist you not to take over. If you feel that this is the last obstacle to overcome, by all means work on it! Really soon, all that seemed to support you will tumble down effectively now that the dark ones live their last days and each passing day less and less of them remain. From an energetic point of view they have been removed a long time ago ; now the time has come that this will also manifest clearly for your eyes to behold on this Earth plane. Over and Out!

    We are the Dolphin Collective and we thank you for sharing this message. We love you!Copyright © 2012 by Méline Lafont. All Rights Reserved. Permission is given to copy and distribute this material, provided the content is copied in its entirety and unaltered, is distributed freely, and this copyright notice and links are included. http://pleiadedolphininfos.blogspot.com


    Posted by Méline Lafont pleiade dolphin at 9:02 AM

    pleiadedolphininfos: The Dolphin Collective ~~ The Dark forces of the Earthly Illusion are at their end ~~ 30/06/2012 Channeled by Méline Lafont.
    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Time for a good Time

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Sat Jun 30, 2012 1:11 pm

    Aquarius Stars 2nd to 8th July




    Aquaries1111

    Posts : 1381
    Join date : 2012-06-02
    Age : 47
    Location : In the Suns

    Time for a good Time

    Post  Aquaries1111 on Sat Jun 30, 2012 1:12 pm

    Pisces Stars 2nd to 8th July



    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Pisces1111 as usual

    Post  We Are You on Sat Jun 30, 2012 9:38 pm

    Aquaries1111 wrote:Pisces Stars 2nd to 8th July



    The Arcturian Group 6/30/12.
    Posted on June 30, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 1 Vote


    JUNE 30, 2012

    Dear ones, we greet you in this time of much change and seeming chaos. We are here to bring hope through the awareness that all is proceeding according to plan even though as of yet you are not hearing anything different than the usual on your news. Indeed much is transpiring that you are as of yet unaware. Hold to the truth dear ones, and do not allow yourselves to go into fear and doubt from those manifestations of duality and separation from which you are ascending in this lifetime. All is moving swiftly to bring you into the new energies now pouring onto your planet.

    Every small loving deed you do for the world and each other–easing another’s burden, adds more light when done through the recognition of truth. Try not to act from the level of a “do gooder”. A “do gooder” is an individual who through a false sense of “holiness” goes about looking for things to fix and whose actions are often ego based, done with the expectation of a return in the form of money or in ego gratification. “Do gooders” work from the third dimensional belief in duality and separation, seeing people and things that need to be fixed. This is not a judgement, for this is where all start out in their evolutionary journey and much profound help has been given the world through this state of awareness, but you have moved beyond this way of seeing and working and are now required to work from a higher level; a level that knows there is really nothing to fix. We are not saying that you are to deny what you see in the world, nor are we saying that you are not to give a hand where needed. What we are saying is that it is time to begin to recognize that the outer forms are not God ordained, but simply the manifestations of concepts based in duality and separation. This is the journey of evolution dear ones, moving beyond seeing appearances as reality.

    Do your work quietly, allowing it to flow out from a consciousness of oneness, seeing every life as in and of the Divine whole, even if they themselves do not yet know it. The bible message is true in saying that what you do for another you do for yourselves, for there is only One. Always examine your intentions when helping others, and remember that many have chosen their particular experiences in order to learn. Trust your intuition on these things, always working from compassion and not sympathy, for when you enter into sympathy with another’s problem you merge with the energy of it. In compassion you listen, offer what you can, but stay centered in truth and light.

    Many moving into the light of new awareness are trying to incorporate their old familiar beliefs into the new. This cannot be done. You must leave behind all beliefs that resonate with duality and separation if you are to enter into the mystical message of Oneness. New wine cannot be put into old wine skins as is stated in your Christian bible. Many fear leaving behind that which has been their truth and comfort for perhaps their whole lifetime and which has been the glue holding together family and friends in common worship and beliefs. However, as you open to deeper truths, you must make a choice; “Do I stay in what is comfortable and familiar, or do I move into the new awareness presenting itself to me?”.

    Often as with any profound change, there is the fear of upsetting or angering families or partners, and indeed this is often the case especially in strong traditional belief systems. Realize that human worship, ceremonies, and teachings of the past as well as now, are simply concepts of truths; truths interpreted though somewhat un-awakened states of consciousness. This is why in organization, the deeper truths of a message are lost once the original consciousness is no longer around to clarify. Sacred teachings are then interpreted by those not yet functioning at original teacher’s level. Know that through spiritual evolution you lose nothing of value, but simply move your worship to higher levels of that which is represented by the symbolic rites and rituals of many organized religions.

    If those of your “group” are not yet ready to embrace the deeper truths, that is fine. You need not shout your enlightenment from the roof tops, but simply begin to practice it. Go within each day (and as often as you can), taking time to center and contemplate new awareness. This need not be long, just the incorporation of truth into your daily life. If you experience anger from those who wish you to continue in the old ways, ways you feel you have outgrown, then is the time to lovingly take a stand. Explain only once that you are examining new directions for yourself but that you honor them and their practice and allow them to also choose. Never apologize for your enlightenment but also never try to force it on another.

    One of your famous people said that the definition of insanity was to keep doing the same things over and over again while expecting different results, and yet that is what many continue to do. Those that try to continue with what is old and finished after they have evolved beyond it, will consistently meet with failure because that which is finished, is finished. New awareness ready to be lived will be incorporated either the hard way through repeated failure of doing things the way you have always done them, or the easy way through moving into and living out from the new awareness. This is often seen with relationships where an individual continues to play third dimensional games of relationship after they are ready to live out from a deeper, truer sense of relationship. These individuals move from one partner to another, always seeking the fulfillment promised in old energy beliefs, and always experiencing painful failures until they “get it”. This is what you have asked for, chosen, and are receiving for yourselves dear ones, to evolve.

    Many through ignorance or malevolent desire are still working to keep the old energy alive and well. You are the forward flank. You are those paving the way for others. You carry the burden of releasing all that is old and finished in order to bring the whole planet into readiness for the shift into higher dimensional light. You have chosen this. You dear ones, who are clearing and releasing that which is old and finished in your own lives are at the same time helping to clear and release these beliefs from the impersonal universal human matrix of beliefs; adding light for those others who are ready and are attracted to truth.

    You are paving the way so to speak and because the head of the arrow creates heat as it moves through the air, so are you often catching heat from those not yet able to fully understand what you are doing, believing, or trying to tell them. Let this be of no concern. Your work is not to drag the world kicking and screaming into a new awareness. Your job is to simply do your work sacredly, secretly, and silently which will emanate Light wherever you are and those with “eyes to see and ears to hear”, will respond.

    Soon you will see the fruitage of you labors. All is well.

    We are the Arcturian Group 6/30/12.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    We Are You

    Posts : 1550
    Join date : 2011-09-19
    Location : Here

    Creactor1111

    Post  We Are You on Sun Jul 01, 2012 2:10 pm

    Many Portals Opening in Individual Hearts…by ÉirePort

    Crystal snows have warmed those in the cold for eons. Portals, gateways, for Higher Love flow have opened in those hiding behind dark shelters. Observant eyes see the change. Clear Light eyes know the change.

    The true Light Worker is unveiled.



    This is Where I’m Not Listening to Drake Today…by kauilapele



    Sometimes the Guidance is to get out and away from all the stuff flying around and just be. And BEing at this place is pretty fine, with the mocha and the ocean and the sunshine and the sound of gentle ocean waves.

    Many who read these ocean view blog posts "get" the same sense that I have right now. I suppose that's one reason I often feel like sharing these photos from here (at JavaontheRocks.com, of course).

    I really got a lot from hearing Scott Mowry on The Light Agenda. More and more keeps unveiling itself to me from what I heard there. And the prime point that stuck was this:

    Stay Positive

    We determine what's going on here by our consciousness, collectively. We attract what we put out. It's an attitude thing here. Hundredth Monkey kind of thing. Scott described that well. For me, at least.

    So maybe it's time to stick close to the monkeys. At least the Hundredth ones.

    Speaking of Hundredth monkeys, now the Drake, and friends. And I include myself as one of them. And one of the newer kitties at our house is named "Keko", which I understand from someone who lives at our house, means "monkey". So I live with monkeys and assure you that all monkeys I associate with are Hundredth Ones.

    Drake is such a monkey. He has unveiled the plan, which has caught fire in the imaginations of people all around the world. What is especially important from my view, is that he is bringing together a bunch of folks with WIDELY varying life viewpoints. I've not ever associated with those that talk of militias, freedom fighters, US Constitutional supporters, anything military, and so on. Even saying things like Rush Limbaugh and Alex Jones may be part of the Freedom Plan for this planet. So..........

    Here we have Lightworkers of all kinds, militia folks, Fox News watchers, MSNBC Rachel Maddow watchers, military people, flag waving US patriots, European, Asian, South American, African, probably even Antarctican, listeners, all coming together, for one purpose.

    To Bring Forth Unity on this Planet.

    So all the differences, I say, it's time to set those aside. It's time to release any and all judgement about what a Lightworker is, or who a Freedom Fighter is, about who is this and who is that.

    We're all coming together now. All of us Hundredth Monkeys. Truly it is,

    All for One... and One for All.




    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Twenty Steps to Activating Fifth-Dimensional Timelines

    Twenty Steps to Activating Fifth-Dimensional Timelines
    By DL Zeta - June 30, 2012

    www.celestialvision.org

    Fifth-dimensional storylines can be accessed and experienced from within the present moment through awareness and conscious action.

    It is not a given that one will “fall into” timelines that run along themes of peace and love.

    However, each person holds the potential to awaken to these new reality threads and choose to shift toward them.

    Such shifts can happen in the blink of an eye. The future is not fixed. Rather, it exists in probability lines that are energized through intention, vibrational frequency and action.

    Twenty Steps to Energize Fifth-Dimensional Probability Lines

    Once we become aware of fifth-dimensional reality threads in our field of potential, there are steps we can take to embrace and energize these probability lines. We offer here some steps:

    1) Be present, awake and aware. The only way to be present in the future is be here now. Make a regular practice of slowing down, looking around you and allowing your consciousness to expand into the present moment. Too often, we fall into the trap of filling up our lives with commitments and activities that don’t feed our soul. To cope with the pain of this lack of fulfillment, we fall asleep in our daily lives. This creates more pain because sleeping through life slams us into more obstacles, perpetuating a vicious cycle.

    2) Embrace grief and loss as essential components of creativity; the old must be destroyed to make way for the new. Love and appreciate what has been; express gratitude for it and release it. Many people hold back from new and more fulfilling realities because it will mean leaving behind and releasing what has been. Learning to embrace grief makes this process much easier.

    3) Send love into any situation you don’t understand. As we move further into the new time, we may encounter many new situations and events we don’t understand. Love is always the answer. Send love into all situations and the answers will soon appear.

    4) Recognize we are already part of all-that-is. Our job is to merge with the force of creation by allowing ourselves to remember our oneness with the Divine order of the universe. We are not creating ourselves anew, but rather, allowing who we are to shine through.

    5) Remain transparent and neutral to all you witness. It is not necessary to have an opinion about what you see. Awareness is everything. As you allow yourself to see what is there, you see through illusion. Within the moment, our conscious mind will not be able to grasp all that is beneath the surface of physical reality. This power of inner seeing helps us navigate times when we encounter paradoxes. For instance, separation as the path to unity, darkness gives way to light; dissolution of relationships and other life situations makes way for the new. Illness and accidents can serve as preludes to opening of heightened awareness and intuitive abilities.

    6) Practice self-love at all levels. Pay attention to the needs of your body, mind and spirit. Eat fresh, unprocessed foods, especially root vegetables and dark leafy greens. Practice self-nurturing through the use of herbs, essential oils, gemstones and other healing modalities. Spend time each day communing with your spirit and expressing gratitude for everything in your life. Appreciate the Earth and all-that-is. Focus thoughts on expansive, loving themes that expand your inner light.

    7) Observe all that goes on around you; observe yourself. Keep in perspective the big picture of your life and the up-close picture. Do not allow yourself to be overly absorbed into the events of your life. This causes you to lapse into states of less awareness.

    Cool Stay positive on no matter what happens in your life. Negativity drains your life-force energy and weakens your overall system, draining you of your ability to cope with what you are experiencing.

    9) Practice self-reliance and self-responsibility in all matters. Disconnect from dependency on all systems, groups or institutions. Disconnect from mechanisms of mass thought that feed on your energies. Parasitic life scripts are everywhere. By remaining awake you are able to sidestep them and write your own script. Working in cooperation with others is not the same as participating in dependency relationships which keep one enslaved to mechanisms of mass thought.

    10) Connect often with nature. The natural world exists in accordance with universal law. As we commune with nature and align ourselves with its essence, we unify our mind and spirit. A unified consciousness is essential for existing along fifth-dimensional timelines.

    11) Practice preparedness; always have your affairs in order. Allow completions. Hold in awareness that each goodbye could be your last. Complete with everyone; be willing within each moment to release all that you are and all that you know; be willing to embrace the unknown. Change is the nature of life. When you are present, awake and aware, you begin and complete each moment impeccably with no loose ends.

    12) Open to the new. Allow yourself to wake up in a new world every day. This makes it much easier to slough off old ways of thinking and re-invent yourself. You’re not the past, nor are you bound by the past.

    13) Embrace freedom. Do not give your power away to enslaving thought forms; if a situation does not serve your highest and best, it does not serve the highest and best of others.

    14) Become a detective of your own life to gain awareness of old patterns and scripts operating in the background. As you gain awareness of these scripts, visualize and rewrite them according to choices aligned with new visions and goals.

    15) Review your beliefs, perceptions and goals on a regular basis. Create a 10 most wanted list and update it regularly. This helps you set priorities and release old ideas and beliefs that no longer support your higher evolution and growth.

    16) Breathe and energize your physical system. Practice regularly forms of movement that unify body, mind and spirit such as yoga and tai chi.

    17) Maintain a sense of humor in all you do. When you feel yourself becoming overly absorbed in the dream of your life, watch a humorous movie or see your life events from a comedic perspective.

    18) Meditate and act on love. Unconditional love is the highest vibration in the universe and supercedes all other frequencies.

    19) Give to others what you would like to receive and you will see your desires manifest all around you.

    20) Set your intention to practice all of the above and expect miracles each day.


    Humanity is going through the ringer right now « Jesus through John
    Posted on July 1, 2012 by Laura Tyco
    i 2 Votes


    July 1, 2012 by John Smallman
    Humanity is going through the ringer right now, as all your unresolved issues come up for recognition and release. This is a very intense moment in your spiritual evolution and you are receiving enormous help from the spiritual realms. Intend to recognize and release all your issues, remembering that you all do have issues that you need to deal with, some of which lie hidden well below the surface of the semi-conscious state of awareness that you have chosen to experience while you remain chained to the illusion.

    It is uncomfortable to address issues that you have chosen not to acknowledge. Nevertheless, you have abundant and unfailing spiritual assistance to help you with this task that must be accomplished before your awakening. As you face them, and refuse to be discouraged by any fear that may arise, you will discover that there truly is nothing about them to fear, and that just facing and acknowledging them is enough to allow you to release them quite painlessly. What you keep hidden from yourselves frightens you; when you open up and observe, then your fears dissolve as you realize that in truth there is nothing to fear

    Fear is an obstacle to love. It is an obstruction, a veil, a fog that hides love from you, and it tends to be attached to the issues that, over the eons, you have invented and then failed or forgotten to address and release. The help available to you now, as you open to the divine field of Love surrounding you, will ensure that they are completely dissolved as you release them, so that you can feel the brilliance of the Love field embracing you and lighting your way Home.

    That Light has always been with you, but as you sank ever more deeply into the illusion, It began to dim and fade from your view as the distractions became ever more seductive. The separation that had seemingly engulfed you also offered you the illusion of power to defeat others and become supreme. You wanted that, and you were prepared to fight all-comers to obtain exclusive rights to it. And thus began the long journey through intense suffering as you fought one another and refused to acknowledge or recognize the Love from which you were all created. You have an expression, “use it or lose it,” and that is what happened to the Love: you lost sight of It, you forgot It, and you denied Its existence.

    Now you are in the process of becoming aware of It once more. Many holy ones have demonstrated It to you. You wrote down their stories, shared them, and then went on slaughtering each other in their holy names! Now recognition is dawning, as it becomes ever more apparent that self-serving egoic agendas do not work, and lead only to further conflict and further suffering.

    The power of Love is infinite and eternal, and since the moment of your apparent separation It has been constantly nudging you either directly, or as demonstrated by those holy ones who, throughout the life of the illusion, have constantly visited you to help you to awaken. Finally, Love is being acknowledged as the essential ingredient of a peaceful, harmonious, and joyful existence. And those who make that acknowledgment and live it, then share it freely, far and wide. Acknowledgment of the power that is Love is spreading exponentially throughout humanity, shocking many as they feel overwhelmed by the wonder of It and question if it is for real. It is. That enormous power is shaking the very foundations of the illusion, which has started to crumble, and nothing can now prevent its permanent demise.

    So, as you each go through your own personal ringer remind yourselves constantly that this is an essential step on your path to awakening, and that you have abundant assistance to help you release this crushing burden that you have carried for so long. The end draws nigh as the embrace of the divine Love field holds you all gently and tenderly in Its comforting arms.

    Your loving brother, Jesus.

    Humanity is going through the ringer right now « Jesus through John.

    Attachments
    880-77.jpg
    You don't have permission to download attachments.
    (8 Kb) Downloaded 0 times

    Sponsored content

    Re: Get far away from Gulf Coast, New Madrid Fault, Louisiana, West Coast and East Coast

    Post  Sponsored content Today at 4:34 pm


      Current date/time is Tue Sep 27, 2016 4:34 pm